Home

Nuance Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Professional

Contents

1. 22222 189 xii Contents If you have problems using Web application support o cee c cece ee ees 190 Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers 22 22 0022 0 20 c a 194 Working with a Web browser 0 0 c cece cece cece ccc cece cee cee cece cece ce eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeerees 194 Searching the Web by voice 22 eee eee eee cece cece cece eee ce cece cece ceeececeeceeeeeeeeees 195 Web browser commands 2 222222 eee eee cece cece cece cece c cece cece cece cece cece ee ceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 199 Internet Explorer commands 2 22 22 a 204 Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop 2 2 2 0 000 20o cco e ccc cece cece eee eececeeeceeees 208 Starting and exiting programs e cece cece cece cece ranan rarnana 208 Using Windows Desktop commands 222222222 cece c cece cece ccc cece cece cece ccceeeeeeeeeees 210 Controlling menus 222 2 eee ee cece eee cece cence cece cece eeecceecceeceeeeees 213 Selecting buttons and dialog box options 22 2 0 2 cece aa 213 Selecting tabs in a dialog box 2 0 2 2 cece cece cece ccc ccc cee cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 214 Resizing and closing windows 2 0 214 Selecting and opening icons cece cece cee cece cece cece cece cece cece ceeceeeeeeeeees 215 Scrolling in windows and lists 00 00002 c cece cece cece cee cece ee cece oaaao oraaa aaan onnan 215 S
2. 215 forcing recognition of 45 hot key for 45 if not recognized 22 2 22 102 Internet Explorer 7 2 2 204 Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox 199 Microsoft Excel 168 169 173 Microsoft Outlook 162 165 Microsoft Word 2 22 222 144 152 Mozilla Firefox 2 2 22 22222222 204 OpenOffice Writer 22 2 152 scrolling 2 22 e cece cece eee eee 215 training 2 eee eee e eee eee 247 web applications 2 2 182 Web applications 2 176 windows control 2 2 2 006 210 compound words joining by voice 132 context showing commands for current 265 controlling 63 194 213 224 225 applications 210 DragonBar 1 0 eee 63 Internet Explorer 0 02 20 194 LIA AA 213 the mouse Uu 224 226 IOS a paaa ka aah EdaS 210 Copy command 1 20 125 COPYING AA AA 262 263 using Direct Editing 104 using multiple text matching 106 copying Vocabularies 261 262 Copyrights 2 2 0 0 0 22 e cece eee e eee ii Index correcting text 79 100 125 by spelling cece eee eee 82 correction list _ aaa 79 deleting text 0c e eee ee eee 125 handlin
3. c ccc cece ccc ccc ccc cece ce cece cece aana aaraa oranana 60 Working with the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2000 2ceeeeecececcecececeeeeeees 63 Chapter 5 Using the Microphone 00 0 cece cece ccc ec ccc cec cee eecceceeeeeeeeee 67 Choose an audio device _ 2 2 22 eee 67 Position your microphone properly cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cee ceceeceeeeeeeeees 68 Chapter 6 Using the Dragon Learning Center 71 Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center eee cece cece cece eeeeeeeee 71 The Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center cece c eee c cece ananiona annn 74 Chapter 7 Dictating Text 200 0 0000 0 c cece cece eee ec cece eeceeeceeecceeceeseeeees 77 Dictation Basics ccc cece cece cece cece cece ce cece cece A E Ea aa nanara oraaa 77 Undong ACTIONS nt sik sens ese ANA lana NGA D AL a oe ee dose Mee ech ease ada waste ANS AND ANA 78 Correcting text errors as you dictate 2200 eee cece e cence eee eeeeeeeeneneeececcucecccucceceeeees 79 Dictation commands 2 e cece eee e eee ce eee e cece eceeeecececeeeeeeeeees 80 Typing or spelling text e cece cece eee eeeececceceeceececcceeeeeeees 81 Spelling words 00 ccc ccc eee eee cece eee eee e cee beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeees 82 Dictatingimumibers 22 0 galaan NG deraan oh ao aena Da Nak e Yam ee iate a ea ee i ed
4. 215 formatting ase ene ee deiveee cee 104 106 switching between 210 hyphenating 0 2eeeee 132 system requirements 18 42 joining eee eeeeeeceeee eee 132 restoring to the Vocabulary 256 293 revising eee ee eee eee 104 106 selecting 120 121 spelling 82 word properties creating 133 WOT AA AAP 96 correcting text cccscencctenscsccecses 98 working with content Microsoft Excel 173 working with Microsoft Excel 168 working with Microsoft Outlook 162 working with Microsoft Word 144 wrapping AA ented 94 writing notes Microsoft Outlook 165 Written Form definition 279 Z Zip codes dictating 02 e cece ee eee eee 84 Index 294
5. Nuance PDF Acrobat Home Insert Page Layout References Mailings Review View lal save s El smen Information about Document2 e s i Save as Adobe PDF Permissions Open NG Anyone can open copy and change any part of this document Close Protect Document Recent Prepare for Sharing Before sharing this file be aware that it contains New Check for Document properties and author s name Issues Print Save amp Send Versions ray There are no previous versions of this file Help Manage E Options Versions 7 N E Exit The unlabeled menu in WordPad and Windows Live Mail In Windows 7 WordPad and Windows Live Mail have a menu for file related commands but there is no label on this menu s tab To open this menu by voice you can say click Application menu Note To close the menu you cay say press Escape UU TITE 2e Replace Picture Paint Dateand Inset 2 A z Hi Pa j g time objet Select all Paragraph Insert Editing Click here to open save or print and to see everything else you can do with your document Chapter 13 Working in Programs About spoken commands in word processing programs This section contains the following topics About spoken commands in word processing programs 2 2ccececeececcececeeceeeecs 142 Dictating in your word processor 0 20 20 0 02 cece cece cece eee ee cee cecceececceececececeecseceeeee 142 About spoken c
6. 0 0002 c ccc c ccc ccc cece cee eee cece ee eebeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 117 Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line e eee cece cece cece cece cece cece 117 Using Go Back to move the Cursor 2 0 2c lee cece cece cece eee eee e eee e cece beeen eeeeeeeeeee tenes 118 Selecting text eee cece cece bebe EAEE EDELA aa aao arraren annan 120 Selecting text quick reference e cece cece ccc ccc cece cece cece cece esse eeeeeeeeeeeeees 120 Selecting characters and words 20 2 2 ole e eee eee cee cece ee eee cece cece cece eee c cee eeceeeeeeeeeeeees 120 Selecting specific words or phrases cece cece ccc ccc cee cece cece cece aaa aa arrena 121 Selecting lines and paragraphs cece cece cece eee e cece cece cece ec eeceeceeeeeeeeees 122 Selecting text again 000000000 adiada 0a eee cee cee cece E E Ea aa areae nan 123 Changing an incorrect text selection eee c cece cece cece cece cece cece ceececeeeeeeees 123 Deleting Cutting and Copying Text 220 0 ccc cece cece cece cceccecccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 125 Cutting copying and pasting c cece ccc e eee e raana aroaren nnen 125 Deleting dictated text e 125 Deleting characters words lines or paragraphs e eee e cece ceeceeeeeeeees 126 Deleting by backspacing 2 2222 c ce
7. Format That Strikeout Restore That or Format That Regular or Format That Plain Format That Caps or Format That Initial Caps Format That Uppercase or all caps that or capitalize XYZ Format That Left Aligned or Left Align That Format That Right Aligned or Right Align That Format That Centered or Center That 129 130 Dragon Installation and User Guide indicates a Direct Editing command You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box El To set a font name size or style Notes The commands that quote text from the screen select lt xyz gt correct lt xyz gt insert after lt xyz gt work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control This functionality depends on Dragon s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content for instance in order to know where words and sentences begin and end so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities For more information see The Full Text Control Indicator You can combine different formatting and font style commands For example you can say Format That Caps Bold or Format That Bullet Style Italic In the DragonPad when you use the Format That command to align an empty paragraph the previous paragraph is aligned also To p
8. 000 e cece cece eeeeecceeeceeeeeeees 162 Reading and sending e mail with Microsoft Outlook 20000 000222 c eee eee eee cee cece cece cece cece 162 Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook 2 2 2 2 aaa 163 Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook 000 e cece eeeeeeceeeeeeeees 164 Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook 00 0000000 c cece e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeenees 165 Using other Microsoft Outlook commands 2 222 222 0H cece e cece ee ceeeecceceeeeeees 165 Dialog box commands ereet Pla walo Seeds ae vided dd aanak ve Mia TANAN maha saba mahalan 166 Moving around in a message window 2222 e cece eee cece cece ccc ainaani nann 166 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands 2 2 eee cece cece e cece cece cece cece ccc ceceeeeeeeeees 167 Microsoft Excel 2222222 0000000000 aaao e aoaaa a Aaaa aA AoE E A E eaaa r naraon 168 Working with Microsoft Excel 2 0 0 2 aaa 168 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control cece cece cece ee ceeeee eee 168 Basic commands for Microsoft Excel 0 0000000 o cece cece ence ccc cece cc cece eee e cece cece eeeteeeeeees 169 Creating opening and closing a spreadsheet cece cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeees 170 Editing in a spreadsheet c ccc ccc ccc ce cee eee oaoa aaraa arraroa narraire 170 Saving renaming and moving to another a spreadsheet c ce
9. 176 determining whether enabled 182 installing and enabling 177 troubleshooting 190 DragonBar 0 eee eee 53 60 about 2 kak ane kaaa aagag ad maahaboyaga pandan at 53 controlling by voice 2 2 2 63 Index MOS ANAN 63 USING 2 ete te Ae et 60 DragonPad 2 20 20 2ee eee 64 94 210010 EO ENE E E E PARN 94 starting by voice 22 22 22 63 DragonPad definition 273 E e mail ooo aaa 155 and calendar commands 158 dictating addresses 157 supported applications 155 working in eee ee eee 155 e mail b asics 2 aga sev padung eesscedecdecded 43 editing resuming dictation 2 118 editing text revising multiple instances of words 106 Electronic Medical Records restriction 50 EMR restriction 50 Enter key adding new lines by voice 132 IONS masa eee near kgagmbag eececcen 79 82 100 correcting 22 e eee ee eee ee eee 79 correcting by spelling 82 correction quick reference 100 Excel PAA AA 168 169 173 basic spreadsheet commands 169 commands for 168 169 173 formatting text 173 scrollingin eee 139 working with 168 working with content 173 284 Exit Dragon
10. 0 00 c cece eee eee eee 256 261 characters words lines paragraphs 126 last words you dictated 125 PA 118 126 text replacing what you last dictated 118 using Direct Editing 104 using multiple text matching 106 Vocabularies aasa p asha a anas ssaka 261 words from the Vocabulary 256 Desktop commands 2 2222 210 dialog boxes a 214 controlling by voice 213 selecting tabs by voice 214 dictating basic techniques 2 2 2 22 77 dictating the word select 123 e mail and Web addresses 157 in Excel with Full Text Control 168 Military time 20 237 nilgay PE 84 Me a ded wae aaa Lala dg daan ba 237 dictatingtext in non standard windows 88 283 Index dictation 45 49 77 80 84 96 157 COMMMAMAS 555 oe lade aasawa aag kagad 80 correction workflow 96 Dictation Box settings 91 forcing recognition of 45 hot key for 45 resuming a 118 source microphone 67 source recorder _ 2 2 202222 67 Starting 00 00 20 e eee cece eee cece eee 49 switching modes 2 2 2 245 switching to Dictation Mode 245 using Dictation Mode 243 Dict
11. 238 aligning nan 131 SpellMode aon ie oe ees ees 244 246 capitalizing AA 129 switching to 245 COMTECHING eeeeseeeeeteteeeteeeeees 79 correcting quick reference 100 291 correcting and editing multiple matches a 106 cutting and pasting 125 deleting 0 0 00 cece eee eee eee 126 formatting cece eee eee 128 selecting 202 120 152 Text Control indicator 59 Text Control Indicator definition 278 text wrapping 0 0 2 eee e eee ee eee 94 The recognizer has encountered an utterance that is too long to process 239 time ooo oe a eee eee 86 CICTAUING AA 84 Tips in the Learning Center 45 71 using word processors 142 TODS Ways Handaan Kala a 43 training 2 20 2 20 20 e cece eee cece ee eee 247 248 additional 32 cnccecdseccaceumeonscnecsusd s 249 COMIMANGS PAA 247 supplemental 200 02202 249 training individual words and phrases 248 Tray Icon only mode 2 2 22 64 troubleshooting with Dragon Web Extension 190 Type lt key gt command 2 222 U UK postcodes 22 2222 202 222222 233 underlining cece eee 129 applying with Direct Editing 104 applying with multiple text matching 106 undoing actions Index Upgrading to Windows 7 or Windows 8
12. Adobe Acrobat Pro listed in Windows like this ARO EIEE TENT Say Start Adobe Acrobat 9 Pro Tip To simplify start commands or to run programs using names of your choice you can rename Desktop icons or create new Windows Shortcuts See your Windows documentation for details To exit a program With any window that has the active focus on your screen say Close Window or say Click Close Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop Notes m Toaccess some built in items on the main section of the Windows Start menu including Shut Down Help Run and the Favorites Find and Settings menus you must say Click Start or Click Start Menu and then say the menu names you want until you reach the program For example to start the Find Files or Folders tool say Click Start and then Find Files or Folders m In some versions of Windows you must close any open applications before you can use the voice command Shut Down Windows to exit Windows m On some versions of Windows you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the Voice enable menus buttons and other controls excluding box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box m Touse Dragon NaturallySpeaking to operate Windows menus and dialog box controls by voice the option Voice enable menus buttons and other controls must remain enabled in the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box The setting ensures that the W
13. 279 Index I d words to the naex Vocabulary 250 251 253 255 words with the Spelling window 253 additional training 0 22 22 222 249 addresses dictating e mail and Web 157 Advanced Scripting definition 271 aligning text 0 0 2 0 2 e cece eee eee eee 131 Application menu 22 22 2 141 applications 2 22 220 220 2 22220 210 exiting aa 208 Starting 0 20 cece eee eee ee eens 208 DRA files definition 20 2 2 2 270 starting and utilities 211 A switching 20 22 20 e eee eee eee 210 ACCUACY ee eceeceeceee eee 230 238 240 Naba an eee ee ue improving eee 230 240 254 255 Applying formatting to multiple instances of 2 2 5 a rh are eee eee 106 using Accuracy Center 230 240 Auto Formatting using the Speed vs Accuracy slider 238 using Smart Format Rules 232 Accuracy Center definition 270 AutoTranscribe Folder Agent Accuracy Slider definition 270 definition 271 Accuracy Tuning definition 270 Acoustic Optimizer definition 271 B f Backspace 2 c cece cece cece eee eee eee eee 127 acoustics about Acoustic and Language Model backup Optimizer 0 2 20 2 222 240 dictationary viewing 271 optimizing eee eee ee 240 dict
14. 5 Click Next and wait for the wizard to scan the selected e mail programs It may take a few seconds before the process starts When the wizard is finished click Next 6 On the Add contacts to Vocabulary screen select the words you want to add and click Next Note you can save time by using the Uncheck All or Check All buttons 7 Onthe Train Words screen select the items you want to train if any then click Next to read these items out loud 8 Wait for the program to adapt your language model A report screen will then summarize the wizard s results including number of words added if any Notes m Ifyou want Dragon to analyze Web based email make sure your computer is connected to the Internet for the duration of the email analysis m Lotus Notes only New contact names will be detected for everyone to whom you have sent e mail except those contacts to whom you have sent Reply messages a Nicknames can only be added to your Vocabulary if your e mail program supports nicknames Do not use Improve my profile from my e mail writing style if you wrote e mail messages in languages other than the language of your current profile as this could decrease recognition accuracy Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Deleting words Use this procedure to delete words from the active Vocabulary Deleting words is not normally necessary but you may want to do it for particular words if Dragon tends to substitute a word y
15. Copyright Yahoo is a registered trademark of Yahoo Inc Flash is a trademark of Adobe Inc Boost Software License Version 1 0 Copyright August 17 2003 open source initiative Approved License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by this license the Software to use reproduce display distribute execute and transmit the Software and to prepare derivative works of the Software and to permit third parties to whom the Software is furnished to do so all subject to the following The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement including the above license grant this restriction and the following disclaimer must be included in all copies of the Software in whole or in part and all derivative works of the Software unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine executable object code generated by a source language processor THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
16. OR Choose all to apply bold to all instances Dragon shows as text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches OR Choose all to underline all instances Dragon shows as text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches OR Choose all to italicize all instances Dragon shows as text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches OR Choose all to capitalize all instances Dragon shows as text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to delete only the third instance of a number of text matches OR Choose all to delete all instances Dragon shows as text matches 1 Perform one of the commands in this table to revise two or more multiple text matches 2 Say Undo All Command To Cut one of the text matches Chapter 11 Revising Text Note Undo All can undo a maximum of 50 instances of the Bold Italicize Underline and Delete commands and up to a maximum of 25 instances of the Correct command Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to cut only the third instanc
17. Symptoms of lack of Full Text Control include m The Dictation Box appears if the option for this automatic opening is active m Dragon does not capitalize the first word m Dragon does not insert space before a word as expected Without the Dragon Web Extension you ll need to click page elements manually or with global commands and you may wish to use the Dictation Box to dictate or edit in text fields 189 Chapter 14 Working with Web applications Global commands that can be helpful for Web navigation include keyboard commands such as press Alt d press Enter press tab press F5 and page down as well as commands for clicking and dragging the mouse such as MouseGrid 3 3 and mouse click For more information about Dragon s Web capabilities see Working with a Web browser If you have problems using Web application support If you re having problems using Dragon with a supported Web application this topic can help you identify the cause and find a solution Is the Web application supported in your browser The Dragon Web Extension is available in the following Web browsers and versions Microsoft Internet Explorer version 9 10 and 11 both 32 bit and 64 bit m Mozilla Firefox version 24 and later m Google Chrome If you don t have one of these browsers in the version listed you cannot click page elements by voice In addition Full Text Control is not available in the browser
18. 3 The Correction menu displays a list of optional spellings m Ifthe selected alternative is correct press the Right Arrow key m fone of the other alternatives is correct press the Down Arrow key until that alternative is highlighted and press the Right Arrow key m fno alternative is correct just type the correct text or say Spell That to open the Spelling window 4 Continue until all the text is correct Correcting text while playing back dictation most accurate Please note that when you dictate into a Web application playback availability is limited For more information on this see If you have problems using Web application support To correct text while playing back dictation 1 Move the insertion point to the beginning of the dictation you want to correct 2 Click Play That Back on the Audio menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar One could also on the Classic DragonBar click the Begin Playback button on the Extras toolbar The Extras toolbar is available only on the Classic DragonBar to use it one must first switch to the Classic DragonBar 3 When the playback of your dictation reaches a recognition error press the correction hot key By default this is the Minus key on the numeric keypad You can change the hot key assignment on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box You can also click the Correction button on the Extras toolbar of the Classic DragonBar 4 The Correction menu displays a
19. 59 60 Dragon Installation and User Guide New DragonBar Classic DragonBar Now listening for Dictation amp Commands k NG Without Full Text Control the first word you dictate may not be capitalized Dragon may not add spacing automatically when you insert a word and commands that quote words from your text might not work In these situations you can say cap before the word you want capitalized and you can say space when you want a space inserted You also might want to use the keyboard and mouse to perform edits and corrections Alternatively you might want to use the Dictation Box For more information For more information see m Using the Dictation Box Displaying the DragonBar There are different ways to display the New DragonBar and the Classic DragonBar The options are different for each DragonBar The New DragonBar Now listening for 6 PA D a 3 a Dictation PG aan bd DragonBar Profile Tools Vocabulary YV Audio Help To open the New DragonBar 1 On the Classic DragonBar click the Dragon icon 2 Select New DragonBar The Classic DragonBar closes and the New DragonBar opens To open a menu 1 Say Switch to DragonBar to make the New DragonBar active 2 Say the name of the menu and menu item that you want to open For example say Switch to DragonBar then Tools then Auto Formatting Options Note for touchscreen users if a DragonBar menu is open and you want
20. Command Type Email the selected text message or file s to one or more contacts Send e mail to specific contacts who are listed in your e mail address book or contact list Send e mail about a specific subject Schedule a meeting with specific contacts Schedule a meeting or appointment about a specific subject Schedule a meeting or appointment ata specific time Move a message from one Microsoft Outlook folder to another E mail the selection to lt name gt and lt name gt Send Create an a e mail mail note message to lt name gt lt name gt lt name gt and lt name gt Send Create an a e mail mail note message about on lt subject gt Schedule create book a meeting an appointment with lt name gt lt name gt lt name gt and lt name gt Schedule create book a meeting an appointment about lt subject gt Schedule create book a meeting an appointment on month day at time Move the e mail message selection it that this to the lt folder name gt folder Example command E mail the selection to Peter Moreno and Caroline Chang Send e mail to John Doe and Jane Smith Send e mail about project schedule Schedule a meeting with John Doe and Jane Smith Schedule a meeting about vacation time Create an ap
21. The search commands require that you have third party indexing search software installed Dragon NaturallySpeaking supports the following search software m Google Desktop a Windows 7 and Windows 8 search The following table lists the types of Desktop commands that Dragon NaturallySpeaking supports an example command and a description of what happens after you say the command 216 217 Command Type Search your computer Search e mail Find the top ranked email Search documents Search your Web history favorites or bookmarks search the computer for the lt dictation gt search e mail for the lt dictation gt find an email about on the lt dictation gt search the documents files for the lt dictation gt search the lt category gt for the lt dictation gt Example command Search the computer for budget spreadsheets Search e mail for the budget Find an email about the vacation schedule Search documents for budget Search the Web history for the budget forecast Dragon Installation and User Guide What happens The search engine displays all indexed items with the keywords budget spreadsheets The search engine displays all indexed email with the keyword budget Note You can use the terms e mail mail or message interchangeably The search engine displays the top ranked email for the keyword vacation schedule
22. To expand it say Maximize ribbon or Expand ribbon You can also use the verbs pin show toggle unhide and view with those ribbon commands Dragon voice commands for the Office ribbon also work when the ribbon is minimized To open one of the ribbon s tabs Say click followed by the name of the tab or click on that tab For example to open the Home tab say click Home Note that the File tab is an exception to open it you must also say the word tab as in click File tab To click an item on the open tab Say the name of the feature you want to access or click on it For example to apply the Heading 1 style to your current line of text say click Heading 1 or select Heading 1 from the list of Styles If you re unsure of the name of a feature you can hold your mouse pointer over that feature s graphic until the name appears Here s an example of how the ribbon looks when you click the Home tab in Word 2013 Home im ings Renew W Nuance PI Acros A Calibri Body u K a der B id KENT p c MA rye a D i 2 AaBbCcdx aaBbccoe AaBbC AaBbce AAB Acs ABB Bay Reptace nte Promar Z E n x A 2 A E Z ii tnomai TNoSpsd Heading Heading Te Subttie Subtietm Emphasis Chanae LY cang a oboed Fort Paragraph yie kating 140 141 Dragon Installation and User Guide Here s an example of what appears when you click the File tab in Word 2013
23. use quotation marks around the phrase For example you can say Search Help for open quote spoken form close quote to find only topics that contain that phrase Open the Help Give Me Help window Display topics Move Forward or Go Backward Select the Say Click Contents Click Index or Click Search Contents Index or Search tab Move in the Move Down lt 7 to 20 gt Contents Index Move Up lt 7 fo 20 gt list Search list or Select Topic list Open a topic from Move to the topic or book you want and say Press Enter In the Index and the Contents Search tabs you can also say click Display You can also dictate an index Index list Search entry or a search string list or Select Topic list Close the Help Close Help or Quit Help window Highlight a topic Say Tab four time or say Tab Key or Press Tab four times in the Search tab after a search Note Not all voice commands work in the Help window For example you can select the tabs by saying Click Contents Click Index or Click Search but you cannot use voice commands Chapter 3 Getting Started to select from the toolbar and you cannot click buttons by saying their name You can use Press Tab Key to select buttons and Press Enter Key to press buttons On the Search tab of Dragon s Help window three checkboxes enable you to search only previous search results match similar words and search topic titles only Open t
24. 0 22 22 e eee 139 working With 0 aa 162 writing notes 165 P paragraphs ireset cccacsgedionserieedhiets 132 adding new ee 132 selecting eee ee eee 122 Paste command 129 Performance Assistant definition 275 personalizing Vocabularies 250 253 phrases correcting and editing multiple matches oc ss cicdaveccerseueis 106 DOMET Ta dake conceseet eis eede in 224 225 moving with mouse commands 224 moving with MouseGrid 225 positioning textinadocument 131 289 Index postal codes 2c eee cece eee ee ee 233 dictating 0 0 22 e cece eee ee eee 84 postcodes 2 2 oe eee eee eee cece eee 233 PowerPoint scrolling in 0 2 20 20 20 2 eee 139 Press lt key gt command 2 2 222 Press lt key gt command definition 275 programs exiting 2 eee eee eee eee eee ee ee 208 Starting 0 0 00 c cece eee cece eee 208 switching a 210 switching between open programs and windows 217 Q Quick Voice Formatting commands definition AP 273 QuickStart definition 276 R Read text to train Dragon to your voice 249 reading and sending e mail Microsoft Outlook 162 Windows Live Mail 160 recognition 2 2 2 22 230 238 240 accuracy improving 230 using the Speed vs
25. 18 User Profiles creating recorder based 67 default directories _ _ 2 2 2 30 using online Help with voice commands 44 utilities starting AR 211 V variants correcting or formatting variants 106 Vocabularies 250 253 260 261 adding 2 cece eee eee cece e eee 260 adding individual words to 251 PAGGANA GA 271 creating new 2 2 22 253 261 deleting 0 00 c cece cece eee eee 261 exporting 0 2 0 22 eee ee eee ee ee 262 importing 2 22 eee eee eee 261 Opening 2 20 e cece cece eee ee ee 259 personalizing 2 2 250 253 renaming eee eee ee eee 261 restoring words to 2 22 2 256 sharing with other people 261 262 types Of o oo eee eee 258 voice commands Dragon Sidebar 2 2 2 74 Voice Shortcuts Desktop searches 216 e mail and calendar commands 158 Web searches aasa 195 292 Index W Windows 7 Web aT 157 194 204 searching by voice 216 applications 176 LiL 212 browser compatibility 176 Windows Live Mail commands JJ 176 commands fOr aasa ane sna saan 160 controlling Internet Explorer 194 reading and sending e mail 160 dictating addresses 157 Windows shortcut definition 277 Firefox comman
26. 20 2 e eee eee cece ee eec cece 65 exiting programs 2 2 22 22 e eee eee eee 208 exporting Vocabularies 220 agapan aalas 262 extensions Dragon Web Extension 177 F Field definition 274 files default directories 2 20 0 2022222 30 Firefox COMMENGS NP 199 switching between frames 199 MVO eaa NANANA AASA 43 folders default setup 0c eee 30 opening 22 22 cece eee ee eee 211 fonts setting face size and style 131 formatting all caps ininnaaaaaaa0000000000000000000an 105 applying to multiple words 106 Auto Formatting 232 L A ANH 105 GOMMANAS aicise eneren 128 in Microsoft Excel _ 0 22 2 173 DUN Sy Sane pees e e E 105 multiple instances of words 106 NUMBETS a saaan aakala maka aa 130 TORU Cadena Ana APA saaan Ga AB E 128 285 Index text in Microsoft Word 152 underlining 105 fractions dictating 0 22 e eee eee eee 84 frames switching Internet Explorer and Firefox 199 Full Text Control definition 274 Full Text Control indicator 59 G General Training running again 249 Global Commands 265 Go Back command 2 118 Go to and Move to commands quick reference 114 COMME NAS AAPG 117 Google se
27. 20 20 22 e eee eee eee cece cece eee eeceeeceeceeceeceeceece 155 Commands for working with e mail messages 0 2 e cee eee eee ee eee eee ee 156 Commands for moving around in e mail 2 220 202 2 cece e eee eeeeeceeee 156 Dictating e mail and Web addresses eee cece eee eee eee 157 Dictating E mail and Calendar commands 20 0 220 ccceec cece ceeeeeceeee 158 Commands for Windows Live Mail 2 22 2 20 2 20c220ccecceecceecceeceeee 160 Microsoft Outlook Cane 162 Working with Microsoft Outlook 2 cece cece cece ccc ec eee eeceecceceeeeeees 162 Reading and sending e mail with Microsoft Outlook 0 0 00 2 02 c cece eee 162 Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook 2 0002 e occ cece e cece eee ee eee 163 Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook 0 0 0 20 2 c cece cece cece ec eee ee cee ceeceeeees 164 Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook 22 2 00 00 20 cece cee cece eee e eevee eee ceeeeeeeees 165 Using other Microsoft Outlook commands 2 0 2 0 20 cece eee cece eee eeeeeeeees 165 Dialog box commands 2 11 0 0 cece cece ccc ec cece eee cceeceeceeceeceeececeeeeees 166 Moving around in a message Window 0 2 0 2 2c e cece cece cece eee eeeeceeeeeeceees 166 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands 2 2 22 222 2200220cceeceeeccecceecceeeeeeees 167 Microsor Excel 22s ga aa adan Jang KON cons eget a AU dhan
28. Accuracy slider 238 accuracy improving 230 240 modes using 243 recognition errors 79 82 100 correcting by spelling 82 correction quick reference 100 recognition modes a AA ANA REA 276 switching eee eee 245 USING rk AGA DN oo Nh sA 243 recommended system requirements 18 42 removing 128 132 256 261 spaces between words 132 text formatting 128 Vocabularies 2 ces eseensceccescess 261 words from the Vocabulary 256 renaming e eee eee eee e eee ee eee eeee 261 Vocabularies 0 2 2 261 requirements minimum and recommended system for Dragon 18 42 resizing windows 22 214 restoring 20 20 e eee eee cece ee eee ees 128 plain text eee eeee 128 Results Box definition 276 Results display definition 276 resuming dictation 118 resuming editing 2 20 20 22 2022 118 revising text 0 00 20 20 22202 110 118 125 deleting text 125 quick reference 22 22 22 110 replacing what you last dictated 118 revising multiple instances of words 106 ribbon using Microsoft Office 140 right aligning text 131 Roman numerals dictating 0 0 0 20 e cece eee e ee eee 84 Index S Sample Commands
29. Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides a number of natural language commands to use with Microsoft Outlook Using these commands you can avoid the multiple menu selection and mouse movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface Because the number of valid commands is so large you should just try saying what you want to do If you get unexpected results say Undo That to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command Alternatively you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Learning Center for more information You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases see Handling multiple text matches In addition the following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Microsoft Outlook Reading and sending e mail E mail and Calendar commands Making appointments Adding contacts Writing notes Using other Microsoft Outlook commands Reading and sending e mail with Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to read create and send e mail using Microsoft Outlook 162 Send a message without having Microsoft Outlook open Read your e mail Reply to a message Create a new message Miscellaneous e mail commands Dragon Installation and User
30. Dragon does not support Chapter 14 Working with Web applications playback of dictation using menus and buttons Playback restricted to the current field In a Web application like Gmail or Outlook com playback is limited to the current dictation for the current field This means that when you move to another field you can no longer play back dictation for previous fields even if you go back to them For example if you dictate an address in a message s To field and then you go to the Subject field you can t play back dictation for the To field If you return to the To field and dictate another address you can play back the new dictation but not the original dictation Are you working offline Offline mode is not supported for working with Web based documents Are you having trouble opening the Correction menu Dragon does not currently support the following methods for opening the Correction menu when working in Web applications m Using the hot keys By default this is the Minus key on the numeric keypad Double clicking on selected text m Clicking the Correction button on the Classic DragonBar Extras toolbar 192 Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers This section contains the following topics Working with a Web browser 0 02 0 00 c cece ccc ec cece ec eecceceeceeceeccecceceeeees 194 Searching the Web by voice 0 2 2 0 cece cece cece ccc ec ccc eecceceeccece
31. Formatting dialog box for a description of the different formatting options 3 Click OK to save your changes Creating Word Properties Use this procedure to see or edit the of a vocabulary entry To open the Word Properties dialog box 1 Open the Vocabulary Editor say Edit Vocabulary or use the DragonBar s Vocabulary menu 2 Inthe list click the entry that interests you Note Scroll up to view alphanumeric words and special characters in the Vocabulary 3 Say click Properties or click the Properties button To revise default formatting 133 134 Dragon Installation and User Guide Modify the Printed form field as warranted m Addor revise automatic formatting as warranted To revise Context 1 Say click Use printed form 1 or click Use printed form 1 and then use the drop down list to change to after numbers or before numbers or between numbers as warranted As an example here is how Dragon displays the Context for the form kHz to be used for the word kilohertz after a number Context 1 Special Format Say click Format or click the Format button to open the Written Form Formatting dialog box Choose from the following options Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Description Insert lt value gt Inserts the specified number of spaces before and after the word space before or phrase and lt value gt Use the drop down fields to select a number o
32. Otherwise if you have no upgradable existing profiles the Profile Creation wizard starts immediately and you can create a profile as explained in Creating your User Profile Modifying application settings for all users If you checked off Modify the application s settings for all users during a custom installation the Options dialog box opens immediately after the installation completes Note If you did a typical installation open the Options dialog box by opening Dragon and selecting Options from the DragonBar s Tools menu In the Options dialog box you see several tabs you can use to configure various aspects of the product For more information on each tab see the online Help start with the topic The Options dialog box 23 24 Dragon Installation and User Guide Modifying administrative settings Note If you performed a typical installation open the Administrative Settings dialog box by running Dragon without opening a profile and selecting Administrative Settings from the Tools menu In the Administrative Settings dialog box you see the following tabs m Roaming To set up roaming users m Miscellaneous To create backup distribution directories and control who can modify custom commands or vocabularies m Scheduled Tasks To schedule accuracy optimization and Data Collection to improve future releases and to let users modify the schedule of tasks For details refer to the Help by
33. The DragonBar shows the Numbers mode ndicator and Numbers mode in the status box 2 Dictate only numbers The numbers can include currency or percentages For example say 5 percent sign to enter 5 or say Seven hundred twenty three dollars and sixty eight cents to enter the dollar amount 5723 68 spell mode o EE To spell words or insert alphanumeric characters In Spell Mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking allows you to say any combination of letters digits or symbols For example use Spell Mode to dictate part numbers license plate numbers or proper nouns that are not in Dragon s Vocabulary You can also say keystrokes such as space bar or backspace key or Internet or Web addresses 244 Dragon Installation and User Guide 1 Say Start Spell Mode or Spell Mode On Spell Mode appears in the status box of the DragonBar 2 Dictate an alphabetic string such as a homophone alternative you need to use For example say the letters F OR E to have Dragon enter the word fore When Spell Mode is on you will not be able to dictate words You can still use commands while in Spell Mode Switching recognition modes You can use the following techniques to switch recognition modes ol Now listening for NG Dictation amp Commands To switch to Normal Mode O or On the New DragonBar Dictation amp Commands mode is the equivalent of Normal Mode m Say Switch to Normal Mode or Start Normal M
34. The search engine displays all indexed documents with the keyword budget Note You can use the terms documents and files interchangeably The search engine displays search results containing all pages from your Web history that use the keyword budget Valid search categories are favorites bookmarks Web history Enabling or disabling searching the Desktop by voice To enable or disable searching the Desktop by voice open the Commands tab of the Options dialog box and do one of the following p Select or deselect the Enable Desktop search commands check box The option is enabled by default Switching between programs and windows Use this procedure to do any of the following m List and switch between open programs or windows m List and switch between windows of multi document applications m List and switch between open Dragon windows Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop Note You can use this command to switch to your Web browser but this command does not list open tabs in your web browser For information on browser tabs see Working with a Web Browser To switch between open programs or windows 1 Do any of the following p To list all open programs say List Programs or List all windows The List of Open Applications window opens For example Soto Wnws Choose the window to activate You may say choose 1 or another number or double click the item X Microsoft Excel DNS 1
35. To Say Create a new document Create New File or Open New File Open an existing 1 Open File document 2 lt file name gt dot lt file extension gt for example My Document Dot Doc 3 Press Enter Close a document Close File or Close Document 144 Dragon Installation and User Guide Saving a document Save a document as a doc file 1 Save Changes 2 Dictate a file name only needed if this is the first time the file has been saved 3 Click Save Save a document with a new file Save Document As name ana file type Dictate a file name File Type lt file type from list gt for example RTF Click Save Save a document in HTML format Save Document as Web Page Click Save 3 If a dialog box appears warning of a text format loss Click Continue Save as document template Save the Page Settings as Default 145 Chapter 13 Working in Programs Page Setup Set the page Set Page Orientation to Landscape orientation Set Page Orientation to Portrait Set the size Set Page Width to lt number gt Inches Centimeters for example Set Page Width to Eight Inches Set Page Height to lt number gt Inches Centimeters for example Set Page Height to Eleven Inches Set margins Set Left Right Margin to lt number gt Inches Centimeters for example Set Left Margin to Two Inches Set Top Bottom Margin to lt number gt Inches Centimeters for example Set Bottom M
36. dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser firefox Is your browser extension or plug in enabled Your Dragon installation includes extension and or plug in and files that Web browsers use to provide you with full text support If you are having trouble make sure the Dragon web extension is enabled for the browser you are using Typically you can do this from a Tools or Options menu After enabling the Dragon web extension restart your browser For details see Enabling Web application support Be careful when you upgrade When you upgrade Firefox make sure you choose to keep the Dragon web extension active when prompted or Firefox will automatically disable it If this happens you can re enable it If you were running Internet Explorer 8 when you installed Dragon and you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 you need to install the Dragon web extension To do so go to your original Dragon installation file typically this is located on a DVD and launch setup exe When you see the installation wizard select the Repair option and click Next Could there be an issue with the site Changes a site makes to its layout or functionality can cause compatibility problems for Dragon We make every effort to keep up with these changes but if you encounter difficulties please contact Dragon NaturallySpeaking Support For more information see the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Administrator Guide at http www nuance com support or the
37. the idea is to speak in a consistent speed and volume try not to hesitate exaggerate your pronunciation or talk loudly or slowly So make sure background noise doesn t drown you out and that you have the microphone close enough for Dragon to hear you properly usually about an inch from your mouth and to one side Also remember to dictate using complete phrases so that Dragon gets the context For example we use our experience and common sense to decide whether someone said Scream or Ice Cream But Dragon doesn t understand what words mean so it can t use common sense the way we do Instead Dragon interprets your speech by using its knowledge of words that tend to appear together Dragon calculates how frequently you use words and phrases and can offer you suggestions when it makes mistakes Try to think about your whole phrase or sentence before you start dictate it and you ll be on your way to dictation mastery For more information see Dictation Basics Import lists of words or phrases Rather than adding words or phrases one ata time you can import one or more lists The lists can even include spoken forms This method can be particularly useful for businesses that have a lot of people dictating similar names or words or if you need to use more than one user profile For more information see Preparing a list of custom words to add to a Vocabulary 230 231 Dragon Installation and User Guide Learn from specific documents Y
38. will be transcribed as bravo Charlie To avoid ambiguity with the corresponding words these letter pronunciations are reserved for spelling out this means when one is in the Spelling Window when in Spell Mode and when giving a Spell command for example the command spell space Charlie alpha papa a You can say nearly any character of the standard Windows character set See the See Also below for a full list of the characters you can say 83 84 Dragon Installation and User Guide a Ifyou are planning to do a large amount of spelling in a document consider turning Spell Mode on say Spell Mode or click Modes 5 Spell Mode In Spell Mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking tries to interpret everything you dictate as letters Dictating numbers In most cases you can dictate numbers including postal codes as you normally say them If you want to dictate only numbers as for example when dictating in a spreadsheet program you can turn on Numbers mode Chapter 7 Dictating Text To enter Say four or numeral four one hundred seventy nine one hundred and seventy nine or one seventy nine 5423 five thousand four hundred twenty three 142 015 one hundred forty two thousand and fifteen 127 400 042 one hundred twenty seven million four hundred thousand forty two 9 5 423 five point four twenty three 127 billion one hundred twenty seven billion 5 Zero point zero three or oh point oh
39. 14 Working with Web applications 3 Click the Install web extension button and then follow the instructions on the screen to install the web extension 4 Click the Verify plugin settings button and then follow the instructions on the screen to verify the plugin settings When you ve installed the extension and plugin ensure that the Update Add ons Automatically option is selected to receive updates from Nuance To select it 1 Click the Firefox button Firefox f and then select Add ons The Add ons Manager appears 2 Click the cog icon nt and then select Update Add ons Automatically if it is not already selected o EE 4 Add ons Manager S Scorch of addon Check for Updates Check to see if your plugins are up to date View Recent Updates Install Add on From File Update Add ons Automatically Reset All Add ons to Update Automatically S a Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragon NaturallySpeaking HTML Compon aiir v Google Chrome 16 or later 1 Open Chrome When a valid user profile is loaded a prompt appears the first time you open the browser after you install Dragon Enable Dragon in Chrome KI Dragon needs to install an extension to work with your web browser Click below to access our secure download site Do not ask me again Note If you click No Thanks at the initial prompt and then later decide to enable the Dragon Web Extension you must close and reopen both Chrome and Dr
40. 7 and Windows 8 systems if as an administrator you want to create a Dragon user profile for a Windows limited user user with restricted privileges you must log on using that Windows limited user account before creating the Dragon profile If you create a Dragon profile for a limited Windows user while logged in as a Windows administrator the limited user will not be able to access that Dragon profile These 19 Dragon Installation and User Guide restrictions also apply to an upgrade installation 3 Choose the type of installation to carry out Choose whether to install the entire product or only particular features of the product as explained in the next section You can also carry out an MSI installation Refer to the online Dragon System Administrator Guide PDF or Help file for details Choosing type of installation When you install Dragon you can either do a complete typical installation or a custom installation Nuance recommends you do a complete installation unless you are experienced with the product The table below tells more about each installation type DESCRIPTION Typical Installs all components including all vocabularies and languages available in your Complete edition of the software Requires the maximum disk space Custom Lets you select particular components to install including depending of your edition of Dragon languages vocabularies and the Text to Speech function Can greatly reduce the di
41. Add to complete the command 204 205 Dragon Installation and User Guide Internet Explorer 9 10 and 11 support entering Web search terms in the same box that displays the URL of the page you are viewing The box is called the One Box or Address Bar a http www facebook com D BGX To move the cursor to the One Box m Say go to the One Box Notes Home button and Home menu Internet Explorer 9 has both a Home button uu which displays in the top right corner of the browser window and a separate Home menu available from the Command bar as shown here v 6 LI dm v Pagew Safety Toolsy If both are displayed Dragon usually recognizes the Home button when you say the Home command Tools menus TE Internet Explorer 9 has a main Tools menu which displays when you click the cog icon in the top right corner of the browser window and a secondary Tools menu on the Command bar If both are displayed Dragon usually opens the main Tools menu when you say the Tools command Using Quick tabs m display quick tabs m hide quick tabs m unhide quick tabs m open quick tabs m show quick tabs m turn quick tabs on m turn quick tabs off m view quick tabs Using feeds m open feeds m close feeds m show feeds m display feeds m View feeds m hide feeds Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers m unhide feeds m toggle feeds m switch to feeds 206 Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop Chapter 16 Worki
42. Copy information from one contactto Copy to new contact another 167 Chapter 13 Working in Programs Microsoft Excel This section contains the following topics Working with Microsoft Excel 2 2 2 22 c cece cece cece cece ccc ccceceeceeeeeccecceeceeceeeees 168 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control 2 202 000 0000 2 c cece cece eee ee eee ee eee 168 Basic commands for Microsoft Excel 2 2 0 2 0 00 20 c cece cece cece cece ceeceeceecceceeceeceeeee 169 Creating opening and closing a spreadsheet 0 0 0 ccc cece ec aaa 170 Editing in a spreadsheet 2 2 00 0 0 20 occ eee cece cece cece eeceeececeeceeccecceeeececeecs 170 Saving renaming and moving to another a spreadsheet 2 20 20 22 cece e eee ecco ee 170 Setting up a spreadsheet e cece ccc e cece cece eee ceeeeceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeess 171 Viewing the spreadsheet 2 00 0 0 oe eee eee ec eec cece eee ec cece eee eececeeececeecceeeeeceeees 171 PMU sarees eens oe Acct se tees ware a eet tna sees NG MAG ete ea 171 Moving around a spreadsheet 2 22 2 0 e cece cece c cece cece c eee ceceeceeceeececeecseceeeee 171 Switching between open spreadsheets 2 20 20 eee e cece eee cece ccc ec eee ceceeeeeceeceeeees 172 Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet 20 c ccc eccecceccecccceecceceeueeceeceeeeeuees 173 Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel 0 000 000 c
43. Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragon NaturallySpeaking software is the premier product for large Vocabulary continuous recognition of natural speech With Dragon NaturallySpeaking you can create documents quickly and easily with your voice without being slowed by typing on your keyboard Dictate your documents You can dictate rather than type into any program that accepts text Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes natural and continuous speech and converts it to text on the screen 39 40 Dragon Installation and User Guide Format and edit by voice You can use voice commands to format text and make corrections and to activate the buttons and menus in supported word processors such as Corel WordPerfect Microsoft Word DragonPad WordPad and other supported programs Say What You See to control programs You can use voice commands to start and switch among programs and to control program windows menus and dialog boxes Say File for example to open the File menu Personalize Dragon NaturallySpeaking for your voice and Vocabulary You can train Dragon NaturallySpeaking to recognize the way you speak and personalize the Vocabulary with words you typically use You can increase accuracy by creating different Vocabularies personalized for the different subject areas in which you dictate m Dragon NaturallySpeaking system requirements m Copyright How Dragon works The goal of Dragon NaturallySpeaking is to make it easie
44. Edit the contents of a selected cell Edit cell Or Edit selection Complete a cell entry and stay in the cell Apply Complete a cell entry and move down one cell Quick Edition mode only Cancel a cell entry and remain in the cell Press Escape or Cancel Saving renaming and moving to another a spreadsheet Save a spreadsheet as a xls 1 Save file file 2 Dictate a file name only needed if this is the first time the file has been saved 3 Click Save Save a spreadsheet in HTML 1 Save File as Web Page format 2 Click Save 3 If a dialog box appears warning of a format loss Click Continue Rename a spreadsheet Rename the Worksheet Moving to another open Go To the Next Previous Worksheet spreadsheet 170 171 Dragon Installation and User Guide Setting up a spreadsheet Set printing area 1 Fit to lt number gt Pages Wide 2 Fit to lt number gt Pages Tall Viewing the spreadsheet ae Say Enlarge or reduce the spreadsheet Zoom to lt number gt Percent for example Zoom to Fifty view Percent Change the display Hide Unhide This Row Column Hide Show the Drawing Toolbar Hide Unhide the Formulas in This Column Row Printing Print a range of pages Print Workbook Print the Selection Print Column lt number gt to Column lt number gt Print Next lt number gt Rows Preview a printout Go To Print Break Preview Print part of a page S
45. Format Rules about entering zeros rather than the word million for numbers greater than or equal to 10 and for word properties For details and examples see Options controlled by Smart Format Rules below What causes the Smart Format Rules box to appear The Smart Format Rules box appears after you edit dictated text whether you make the correction using m the Correction menu m the Spelling window 232 233 Dragon Installation and User Guide or m the keyboard Showing the last Smart Format Rule Ifa Smart Format Rules box appears and you continue dictating or cancel it accidentally you can redisplay it by saying the command Show Smart Format Rule Previously accepted rules cannot be displayed Disabling Smart Format Rules If you want to turn off the Smart Format Rules feature you can do so from the Correction tab of the Options dialog box 1 Open the DragonBar s Tools menu and click Options You can also say Switch to DragonBar then Click Tools then Options 2 Click the Correction tab then clear the check box next to Show Smart Format Rules or say click Show Smart Format Rules 3 Click OK or say Click OK to close the dialog box Restoring a Smart Format Rule You can restore a default in the Auto formatting dialog box or Word Properties dialog box Another way to restore a setting correct the text to the format you want and pick the corresponding rule from the Smart Format Rules box that you
46. Go to the Previous Tab Switch to the Previous Tab Move to the Previous Tab Go to the First Tab Switch to the First Tab Move to the First Tab Go to the Last Tab Switch to the Last Tab Move to the Last Tab Go to the Third Tab Switch to the Third Tab Move to the Third Tab Bookmark All Tabs Chrome and Firefox only The Dragon Web Extension allows you to click the elements on the page such as buttons and links by voice If you do not install and enable the Dragon web extension you cannot click page elements by voice in addition Full Text Control is not available for dictation in the 202 Dragon Installation and User Guide browsers and Web applications Without the extension you ll need to click Web page elements using your mouse and keyboard and dictate content using the Dictation Box To use the commands below you ll need to install the extension for your browser For more information see Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension Show all places on the page where you can Click Type Text enter text or Click Edit Box or Click Text Field Show all check boxes on the page Click Check Box Show all images on the page with links Click Image Show all buttons on the page Click Button Show all links on the page Click Link Show all radio buttons on the page Click Radio Button Show all boxes on the page with lists of Click List Box choices Open alist of choices Show
47. OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Open Source Initiative OSI The MIT License MIT Licensing Copyright open source initiative Approved License The MIT License MIT Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT INNO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR INCONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Open Source Initiative OSI The BSD 3 Clause License Copyright 1998 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following co
48. Options in the Windows Control Panel For these numbers to be formatted according to the conventions of the language you are dictating you must make sure that the Windows Regional Settings match the language m You can set the currency symbol and format that Dragon NaturallySpeaking uses by selecting the ISO currency codes option on the Auto formatting dialog box Dragon NaturallySpeaking then uses the currency character and format specified on the Regional Options tab of the Regional and Languages Options tool in your Windows Control Panel If you are using the Classic Start menu you can open your Windows Control Panel by clicking Start on the Windows Taskbar pointing to Settings and then clicking Control Panel m You can change the way Dragon NaturallySpeaking formats numbers on the Auto formatting dialog box by turning on or off the different formatting options available on the tab m You can change the way Dragon NaturallySpeaking formats Canadian and UK postal codes on the Auto formatting dialog box by turning on or off the Street addresses option For example with the option on format a postal code in London by saying London Comma W Two Four R J to enter London W2 4RJ and format a postal code in Toronto by saying Toronto Comma Ontario M Five H Two L Two to enter Toronto Ontario M5H 2L2 You must reload your User Profile before a change to postal code formatting will take effect To reload a User Profile click Open User Profi
49. Smart Format Rules dialog box may appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and Automatically Format Text m When selecting an alternative on the correction menu say Choose and the number of that alternative For example Choose Two Do not say Choose Numeral Two or Dragon NaturallySpeaking will transcribe the phrase as the text Choose Numeral Two or Choose 2 depending on how you set the number formatting options on the Auto formatting dialog box m Inthe Spelling window if one of the recognition alternatives is nearly correct you can say Select and the number of the alternative The alternative text is moved into the text box so you can edit it As an option you can press the SHIFT and ALT keys and type the number of the alternative from the keyboard not the numeric keypad m Ifyou select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added to the sentence automatically the list of corrections that appears in the Correction menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation a The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center m You can choose to always play back recorded speech in the Correction menu You can set the respect
50. Specific Documents or click Vocabulary gt Learn From Specific Documents on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Inthe Learn from Specific Documents wizard select from the following options a Find Known Words with Unknown Capitalization Select this option to have Dragon look for words on your system that are in its Vocabulary but which use different capitalization such as Desktop This option is turned off by default Adapt to Writing Style Select this option to have Dragon analyze word combinations to improve its capacity to anticipate your writing and dictation style This option is turned on by default 3 Click Next to continue The Learn from Specific Documents screen opens 4 Doany of the following m Click Add Folder if you want Dragon to scan a specific folder such as your My Documents folder Click Include Subfolders in the Browse for Folders dialog box if there are subfolders you want to analyze m Click Add Document if you want Dragon to scan specific documents m Click Remove Document if you add a document and then decide that you don t want Dragon to include it in the scan m Click View Document if you want to review a document you added before proceeding 5 Click Next to continue A Document Analysis window opens displaying a status bar during the scan Dragon confirms whether new words were found and displays a summary of the results 252 253 Dragon Installation and User Guide 6 Click Next t
51. Technical Support Knowledgebase Are you using a different language To use the Dragon Web Extension you must set the language of the Web application to the same language as your the user profile If your profile is set up in English you must have your Web application set up in English The Dragon web extension does not require that your Web browser be in the same language as your profile but it must be if you want to use other Web browser commands If you want to work in a different language you can create another user profile with that language and load it into Dragon when you need it Is the Dictation Box behaving in an unexpected way Sometimes the Dictation Box misunderstands the context of what you re working on and it displays text you didn t dictate and that you can t edit This can happen when the focus of the application you re using is on a field you can t edit and m you intentionally open the Dictation Box or m you speak into your microphone prompting the Dictation box to open automatically For example if you have your e mail application open with an item in your message list selected the Dictation Box may display the header text of that message If this happens just go to the Dictation Box and say or click Cancel to close it Are you trying to play back dictation To play back dictation in Web applications please use voice commands such as Play that back Read that and Read selection In Web applications
52. The number of words in the active vocabulary always remains the same When new words are added words that have not been used recently are removed from the active vocabulary but remain on the computer s disk in the backup dictionary Advanced Scripting definition Supports using programming languages such as Microsoft VBA to create commands that can perform virtually any function on the computer with voice commands AutoTranscribe Folder Agent definition A feature of Dragon Professional Legal and Medical editions which automatically detects and transcribes recordings copied to a specified directory Use the AutoTranscribe Folder Agent to specify which Dragon User Profile to use for transcribing the recordings found in the specified directory and to specify where to put the text files created from the recordings Base Vocabulary definition The initial Vocabulary a User Profile is based on Vocabularies can be the following sizes Specialized medical and legal vocabularies are also provided in the Dragon Medical and Legal editions Backup dictionary definition A store of about 150 000 additional words in Dragon s vocabulary A typical large Dragon vocabulary consists of about 300 000 words and Dragon loads about half of those it understands that you are more likely to dictate into your computer s random access memory for immediate use The list of words Dragon loads into memory is called the active vocabulary You can move f
53. USINO eai E 45 71 Say What You See definition 276 Scratch That command 125 Scripting definition 277 scrolling in Microsoft Office programs 139 in popular programs 139 in windows and lists 215 searching the online Help by voice 44 the VVC APR 195 your Desktop 2 2022 2002 216 Select Again command 123 selecting cece eee eee eee 213 215 buttons by voice 2 2 2222 213 icons by voice 2 22 22 22 eee ee 215 MENUS abad ke seb uadnvneatacdadudeagabe 213 tabs in a dialog box 214 selecting text 120 121 123 AYAIN M NISEN ENEE EEEN 2S a 123 characters and words 120 correcting incorrectly selected text 123 handling multiple text matches 104 106 in Microsoft Word 2 2 152 in OpenOffice org Writer 152 lines and paragraphs 122 quick reference 22 22 22 120 specific words 22 22 222 121 using Direct Editing 104 using multiple text matching 106 290 Index set up USING LL 202 e eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee 243 default directories 30 Spell Mode definition 277 Sharing Can
54. User Guide If you wish to add a second Context repeat the steps above 136 Chapter 13 Working in Programs Chapter 13 Working in Programs This section contains the following topics Scrolling in popular programs e cece cece cece cece eee eeceeceeceeceeceeceeeee 139 Using the ribbon interface in Microsoft applications 0 0 220 22 2 eee e eee 140 About spoken commands in word processing programs 0 20 ecc eee eee eee eeeeeee 142 About spoken commands in word processing programs 2 2 20 20 00e0 0 142 Dictating in your word processor 2 2 2 2 0 20 cece eee ec eee cecceceeceeceeececeeeeeeee 142 Working with Microsoft Word 00 00 00 cece cece cece eee ec cece cece eeceeceeceeececeeeceeseeeees 144 Basic document commands in Microsoft Word 200 c cece eee eee eee ee eeees 144 Creating opening and closing a document 20 0 20 c cece cece cece eee eee 144 Saving a document 0 20 00 o eee c cece eee ec cece eee ceeeceeececeecceeeeeeees 145 Selecting text 152 Formatting text in Microsoft Word 0 0 02 0 20 cc eee cc cece cece cece ecceeceeceeceecees 152 Email Programs 0 20 20 c cee cece cece cece ccc ce cece cece ceceeeecceceeececeeececeeeeeecseeeeee 155 Supported e mail programs 0 20 20 cece e eee e ccc cc cece eee ec adada aoaaa araona 155 Working in e mail programs
55. Vocabulary uses hard disk space Deleting Vocabularies Additional Vocabularies can improve recognition accuracy in Dragon NaturallySpeaking but multiple Vocabularies can take up a lot of disk space If you no longer need a Vocabulary use the following procedure to delete it To delete a Vocabulary 1 Onthe Vocabulary menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar click Manage Vocabularies 2 Onthe Manage Vocabularies dialog box select the Vocabulary you want to delete and click Delete 3 Click Close on the Manage Vocabularies dialog box Notes m Deleting a Vocabulary cannot be undone m You cannot delete the Vocabulary that is currently in use To remove it you must first open a different Vocabulary m Always use the Delete button to delete Vocabularies Do not remove Vocabulary folders from Dragon NaturallySpeaking Users directory on your hard disk Renaming Vocabularies If you have multiple Vocabularies you should give them descriptive names that help you identify their purpose To rename a Vocabulary 1 Say Manage Vocabularies or click it on the Vocabulary menu of the DragonBar 2 Onthe Manage Vocabularies dialog box say or choose the name of the Vocabulary you want to rename 3 Click or say Rename 4 Onthe Rename Vocabulary dialog box enter anew name and click or say OK 5 On the Manage Vocabularies dialog box click or say Close Note A Vocabulary name can contain up to 128 characters inc
56. a search for the phrase Italian restaurants in Boston using your default search engine Optionally Dragon NaturallyS peaking displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary Your default Web browser opens and displays the results of searching eBay for the phrase waffle irons Dragon NaturallyS peaking supports Web site searches for the following Web sites About for about com AltaVista Amazon Answers for answers com AOL Ask Bing Creative Commons eBay Facebook login required Google IRS MSN MySpace Twitter Wikipedia Yahoo YouTube For Dragon NaturallySpeaking ICD 9 PubMed UpToDate WebMD Search type Search a category on the Web Search the Web using dates times names or calculations Search lt category gt for lt dictation gt Search the Web for lt date time name or calculations gt Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Example commands What happens Search video for JFK Optionally displays your search string inaugural address so that you can edit the keywords if necessary Your default WDragon NaturallySpeakingeb browser opens and displays the results of a search on the words JFK inaugural address in your default search engine s video category Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes the following search categories Search images pictures photos for lt dictation gt Search video movies for lt dictation gt S
57. an nasa KANAN bg wan 261 262 Spell That command 82 Vocabularies with other people 261 262 spelling 82 shortcuts with the Spell That command 82 see Dragon Voice Shortcuts WOS PA 82 bani aaa aaa ate Spelling window a an 81 101 253 ShorGUtS adding words 2 2 20 2020 253 Dragon Voice Desktop searches 216 choosing correct text in 101 HA a Ea 158 typing the correct textinto 81 Dragon Voice Web searches 195 Spoken Form definition 277 Bia kak Start menu using 208 eN 74 starting programS asaan 208 aiek supplemental training 2 249 searching eee cece eee 195 Support KUA ic eg AA PAD 51 setting font 131 SIM NUN paaa aaa 259 SmartFormatRulls between open programs and windows217 disabling display 0 0 0 00000 232 malana LE kaaa aaa 210 USING E ET 232 to a different Vocabulary 259 spaces system requirements 18 42 removing between words 132 T special folders le AA 214 OPENING ooa 211 selecting in a dialog box 214 speech device technical support 51 choosing o oo aaao aaa 67 telephone numbers Lanao na 84 236 Speed et e sca eon eee eee 238 dictating AAAH APARRI 84 increasing recognition 238 text saan 100 125 126 128 131 Speed vs Accuracy slider
58. can have different settings for using the Dictation Box with each application you use Font The Font setting lets you change the font used for the contents of the Dictation Box To change the font 1 Click Change Font 2 Set the font style and size under Font Font style and Size 3 Under Effects you can choose a color from the drop down list and or choose Strikeout or Underline 4 Click OK to save the font change Notes m Toset the font to the default click Default Font and the font type and size change to Arial 10 point m When you copy text into the text box it displays in the same font as the originating application Window Position You can define where the Dictation Box appears m Anchor Select this if you want the Dictation Box to appear at the location where it was last closed If you drag the Dictation Box to a new location and then close it it will display at that location when you restart the Dictation Box m Automatically position the Dictation Box near the cursor This option causes the Dictation Box to appear as close to the cursor location as is practical Settings for application application name gt You can define how the Dictation Box copies and pastes text in each application where it s used For example you can have different copy and paste settings for Microsoft PowerPoint and Corel WordPerfect 91 92 Dragon Installation and User Guide The Dictation Box works for all applicatio
59. commands and if you want Full Text Control you ll need to use the Dictation Box The makers of Firefox and Chrome frequently release new versions of their browser For the latest details on Dragon functionality with a particular application please see the Technical Support page for Dragon on the Nuance website Note Dragon s functionality differs between Web browsers For example in Chrome you cannot use the refresh page command to perform such actions by voice you must use mouse commands or press commands such as press F5 For more information see Working with a Web browser Feature support The feature is not supported in the following modes Chrome s Incognito mode Chrome s Metro mode m Firefox s Metro mode Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension To enable The Dragon Web Extension do the following If you need to re install see here Internet Explorer 9 and later 1 Open Internet Explorer A prompt appears the first time you open the browser after Dragon installation Enable Dragon in Internet Explorer Dragon needs to install an extension to work with your web browser Click below to access our secure download site Proceed No Thanks Do not ask me again Note If you click No Thanks at the initial prompt and then later decide to install the extension you must close and reopen both Internet Explorer and Dragon for the prompt to reappear If you select Do not ask me again and
60. continue to enter words into the Choose Word box and add them to the Current list of filter words box until you have added as much of the specific command as you can Click or say Done The Command Browser displays the commands containing the words you entered if any command containing all of those words exists Example To see if there is a command that changes a font to bold in Microsoft Word 2010 1 Select Microsoft Word 2010 from the Context list box 5 Click or say Keyword Filter Say or type the word Bold and then say Add or click the Add button to add it to the Current List of Filter Words box Say or type the word Set and then say Add or click the Add button to add it to the Current List of Filter Words box Click or say Done The Command Browser displays all the commands that will turn text bold in Microsoft Word 2010 For example 267 Chapter 19 Using the Command Browser Context Microsoft Word 2010 AWA Keyword Filter Task Pane bold entire sentence Mod bold entire sentence Q Bo bold rest of sentence lt sagad bold rest of sentence a Script bold sentence Manage bold that sentence bold the sentence Browse bold the sentence t Optional bold this sentence bold and entire sentence gt Or bold and rest of sentence Bid Ellipsis bold and sentence ae Show All change sentence to bold Ai entire
61. describe two different ways to train words or phrases To train individual words and phrases immediately after dictating them 1 Correct the misrecognized word or phrase you want to train and say Train That 2 Click Go in the Train Words dialog box and record your speech saying the word or phrase you want to train 3 When you have finished recording the text click Done To train individual words and phrases at any time 1 Say Open Vocabulary Editor or click Vocabulary gt Open Vocabulary Editor on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Inthe Vocabulary Editor say or click Train 3 Type the word or phrase you want to train in the Training dialog box 4 Click Go in the Train Words dialog box and record your speech saying the word or phrase you want to train 5 When you have finished recording the text click Done Using punctuation with written and spoken forms If the written form of a word contains any punctuation you should provide a spoken form so that there is no doubt as to how the item will be pronounced Do not use abbreviations symbols or punctuation in the spoken form Examples Written form Spoken form The Man from U N C L E the man from uncle Soddy Daisy TN Soddy Daisy Tennessee Trenton Mercer Airport Trenton Mercer Airport If you want to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary for use ina specific setting you can create a new written form with the punctuation incl
62. desktop in the following manner To open a desktop icon including an application 1 Point to the Windows desktop and say Mouse Click to make the desktop active 2 Say Open and the name of an icon For example Open My Documents You can close an open window in the following manner To close an open window 1 Point to the open window and say Mouse Click to make the window active 2 Say Close Window Scrolling in windows and lists With Dragon NaturallySpeaking you can scroll within a window or list in a dialog box To scroll vertically Make sure the insertion point is in the list of a dialog box and say Move Down or Move Up followed by the number of lines up to 20 you want to scroll This presses the Up or Down Arrow key the number of times you specify You can also say Page Up or Page Down to press the Page Up or Page Down key Examples Move Up 10 Move Down 4 Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop Page Up To scroll horizontally gt If the list or window has a horizontal scroll bar make sure the insertion point is in the list or dialog box and say Move Left or Move Right followed by a number up to 20 This presses the Left or Right arrow keys the number of times you specify Examples Move Left 10 Move Right 5 Note You can use these commands to scroll Help windows by voice Searching your Desktop by voice Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to search your Desktop by voice
63. distinguishes dictation from words numbers and commands by analyzing what you say between pauses Say Start Normal Mode or Normal Mode On Nothing But Speech definition Suppresses recognition of non word fillers like ums and ahs that you don t normally intend to include in your dictation Numbers Mode 128 definition A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only numbers If you are dictating only numbers including currencies working in this mode increases recognition accuracy Say Start Numbers Mode or Numbers Mode On Performance Assistant definition A resource available from the Help menu that offers suggestions for optimizing Dragon s speed on your computer As you click or say the corresponding links to answer questions about how you normally use Dragon the Performance Assistant provides suggestions and methods for optimization Press lt key gt command definition Used to make keystrokes by voice To type characters by voice say Press Press Key or Type followed by the name of the key or keys you want to press For example say Press The Dragon Glossary Escape or Press Enter or Press Ctrl Right QuickStart definition Allows Dragon NaturallySpeaking to load in the background when you start your computer or log in to your operating system depending on your version of Windows When Dragon is launched in QuickStart mode Dragon is available for
64. if you wish or to exit Dragon The DragonBar from version 12 is still available If desired you can easily switch between the New DragonBar and the Classic DragonBar For details see The DragonBar Learning Center The Learning Center is the new name of the Help menu item previously called the Dragon Sidebar a narrow window listing commands and advice so you can refer to it as you work In Dragon 13 it has been redesigned and enhanced It now contains panels you can open or close by clicking on their heading the top panel open by default contains essential commands and advice By default this window is set to Floating but in a shorter height to cover less of any window that may be under it For important details on how to control the Learning Center and how to change its behavior and appearance font size docking width etc be sure to read Using the Dragon Learning Center Interactive Tutorial enhancements The Interactive Tutorial has been redesigned and augmented Its short progressive simulations now also introduce the DragonBar the Learning Center the Vocabulary Editor and important options as well as basic Web navigation and use of Web based email It is automatically presented at the end of the profile upgrade process as well as after a new profile is created Note In the simulations that contain the punctuation period one can use the pronunciation full stop instead Shorter Profile Creation
65. its free update Windows 8 1 October 2013 Microsoft introduced new capabilities and reintroduced the Start button on the desktop interface The Classic DragonBar cannot display on the Modern interface but Dragon 13 introduces the New DragonBar which can Note For the latest details on using Dragon in Windows 8 please see the Dragon support page and Knowledgebase on the Nuance website http www nuance com support dragon naturallyspeaking index htm Starting Dragon from the Windows desktop Make sure your microphone is connected then start Dragon by double clicking its desktop icon 5 Chapter 3 Getting Started Starting Dragon from the Windows Start Screen When using Windows 8 click the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tile to start Dragon In Windows 8 1 you start Dragon from the Apps View You can start Dragon from the Start Screen on Windows 8 1 if you have a Dragon tile on the Start Screen By default the Dragon tile will not be on the Start Screen and unless you pin it you will not be able to start it from that screen Command and control a In Windows 8 there is no Start menu on the desktop interface but equivalent functionality is provided by the Charms bar and the Start screen To access those by voice you can use the commands open Charms bar and open Start screen To see the expanded view of the Start screen you use the command show all applications Note in Windows 8 1 there is a Start but
66. list of alternatives for the misrecognition m fone of the alternatives is correct press the Down Arrow key to highlight that choice and then press Enter to accept it Playback will continue automatically from the point where you stopped m Ifno alternative is correct just type or say the correct text and click the Begin Playback button Playback will continue from the point where you stopped 98 Chapter 10 Making Corrections Correcting text using voice commands hands free To correct text using voice commands 1 Say Go To Beginning of Document 2 Look for the first misrecognition and say Correct and the text that is incorrect The Correction menu appears presenting alternatives m fan alternative is correct say Choose and the number of that alternative For example Choose Two Do not say Choose Numeral Two or Dragon NaturallySpeaking will transcribe the phrase as the text Choose Numeral Two or Choose 2 depending on how you set the automatic text formatting properties on the Auto formatting dialog box m fnone of the alternatives is correct say Spell That spell the correct word or words into the Spelling window and then say click OK 3 Verify that the correct text appears in the document in place of the misrecognized text and continue to the next misrecognition Using Smart Format Rules You can also use the Smart Format Rules feature to have Dragon recognize when you correct dictated text that
67. may be that the word is not in Dragon s Vocabulary When this is the case you can use the following procedure to add that word so that it is recognized in the future To add individual words 1 Do one of the following e Click Vocabulary gt Add New Word or Phrase on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar e Say Switch to DragonBar then Vocabulary then Add New Word or Phrase 2 Inthe Add Word or Phrase dialog box spell by voice or type the word you want to add 3 Include a Spoken form of the new word if necessary For example if the word contains an accent such as Gasp you would add a Spoken form like gas pay so that Dragon recognizes the pronunciation and enters the Written form when you dictate the word 4 Optionally select want to train the pronunciation of this word or phrase 5 Click Add If you chose to train the word the word you entered appears in the Train Words dialog box and you will be able to teach Dragon NaturallySpeaking your pronunciation of that word See also Automatically add words to Vocabulary in the Dragon Help Using punctuation with written and spoken forms If the written form of a word contains any punctuation you should provide a spoken form so that there is no doubt as to how the item will be pronounced Do not use abbreviations symbols or punctuation in the spoken form Examples Written form Spoken form The Man from U N C L E the man from uncle Soddy Daisy TN Soddy
68. number symbol arrow key and so on m You can say Press Tab to move around a dialog box or a list and Press Enter to select items m You cannot undo a keystroke by saying Scratch That For example if you say Press Cap A then Scratch That A remains in the document You can however say Undo That Moving the mouse pointer You can move the mouse pointer up down left or right using the mouse pointer commands Move commands The following commands are always available and can move the pointer a short distance up to 10 units Thensay Thensay Up c1 10 Down Left Right Examples Mouse Down Two Mouse Right Eight Optional move commands You can use the following movement commands if the Enable mouse motion commands box on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box is selected 224 Dragon Installation and User Guide Then a direction Then a speed optional Pere Powe You can say a speed command at any time while the pointer is moving to speed the movement up or slow it down Examples Move Mouse Down Faster Mouse Move Lower Right Very Fast Mouse Move Up Very Fast pause Slower pause Stop Stopping mouse movement While the mouse pointer is moving you can stop the movement by saying one of the following commands P Stop m Cancel m You can combine moving the mouse pointer with clicking the mouse or marking and dragging the object in a single vo
69. of key concepts and components Microphones Requirements and tips for different microphone types Dictation Steps and tips for dictating text Accuracy Tips to maximize dictation accuracy Correcting text Commands for correcting your dictated text Revising text Commands for revising and formatting your dictated text Mouse and keyboard Commands for controlling your mouse and keyboard Word Processors Commands for working in common word processing applications including Microsoft Word E mail Commands for writing and managing e mail User profiles Creating and managing user profiles The Dragon Learning Center Description of Learning Center features plus related tips and commands Digital Recorders Recording and transcribing with an external recorder 43 Dragon Installation and User Guide Using Dragon NaturallySpeaking Help In addition to using the Help menu you can access Help and navigate through topics by hand keyboard or mouse as well as by using voice commands The following table summarizes these commands Launch At any time even if the Help is not open you can launch a search a by saying the command Search Dragon Help for lt dictation gt keyword where lt dictation gt can be any word s you want to look for The search word Dragon can be omitted An example of this command is in the search Help for symbols Help If you want to search for a phrase as opposed to individual words
70. or keyboard or change windows the next word you say will not be capitalized You may need to capitalize the word manually and insert a space m You can enable or disable some Dragon s capitalization commands by setting the Caps Lock key overrides capitalization commands option in the Auto formatting dialog box Typing or spelling text In the Spelling window you can use the keyboard to enter words as well as say the letters of the words You can spell continuously or you can pause between letters As you type or say each letter the list of alternatives changes If the text you want appears before you finish you can simply choose it To type or spell text 1 Type or say the letters of the word s 2 Ifthe text you want appears in the list choose it For example say Choose 2 3 Ifnecessary type or spell the word s completely 4 Say Click OK The Spelling window closes and the text is entered in your document If you had selected text to correct the new text now replaces the old text Note The Undo That command is not available in the Spelling window If you need to correct a dictation error by voice while you are using the Spelling window you may use the Scratch That Backspace or Delete commands 81 82 Dragon Installation and User Guide Voice commands that work in the Spelling window Command Choose lt 7 95 Select lt 1 95 Edit 271 95 Or Modify lt 1 95 Select last ne
71. start screen Pin location to the start screen Pin web page to start screen Add location to the start screen Add this site to the start screen Pin this page to start screen Chapter 3 Getting Started Say Windows 8 1 Commands Customize the Start Customize start screen Screen Pin an Internet Explorer 11 site to Pin this location to start screen Applications applications Add this web page to applications Pin this web site to apps Display a Charm Go to charm name charm Open charm name charm Show charm name charm Charm names Start Search Share Devices Settings Windows 8 restrictions Dragon s windows can only open in the desktop environment Examples of Dragon windows are the Open User Profiles dialog the Vocabulary Editor the Accuracy Center the list of open windows and the Edit Keywords window triggered by commands such as search maps for If while outside the desktop environment you perform an action that causes one of these windows to open that window will be open on the desktop Dragon s Results indicator does not appear when you use Dragon outside of the desktop environment Dragon s capabilities for Internet Explorer only apply to the desktop environment they do not apply to the Internet Explorer full screen app m Dragon does not have Full Text Control in full screen applications The Dictation Box is not supported for Metro apps About
72. text gt Use Go Back if you dictate something new to make a correction when the Correction menu is open See Correcting with the Correction menu Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Note To use Go Back the distance from the last cursor location must be greater than 10 characters 119 120 Dragon Installation and User Guide Selecting text This section contains the following topics Selecting text quick reference cece cece cece eee ec cece ec eeeecececeeeceeeceeeeeees 120 Selecting characters and words 2 0 2 00 00 c cece cece cece ccc cece ceeceeeecececeecceeeeeecsees 120 Selecting specific words or phrases 2 20 2 2 eee ce cece cece cece eee ceeceeceeceeceeceeeeeeee 121 Selecting lines and paragraphs 2 0 0 cccecceccecccececccececceeceeceeceeeeneeees 122 Selecting text again eee eee cece cece ccc eee eeceeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeseeeeees 123 Changing an incorrect text selection 2 2 20 0 00 c cece cece eee e cece eee cec eee ceceeecececcceeeeees 123 Selecting text quick reference When you are dictating you can select text in these different ways Selecting text Selecting characters and words Selecting specific words or phrases Selecting parts of adocument Selecting text again Changing an incorrect text selection You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another pa
73. the Enter key once new paragraph Press the Enter key twice capitalize next word cap lt word gt Type sword with an initial capital or cap next lt word gt numeral Enter the next numbers stated as Arabic numerals 1 2 3 Roman numeral Enter the next numbers stated as Roman numerals i ii iii Notes m When you are in Dictation mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking interprets everything you say as dictation and only Dictation Commands are recognized Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes Say Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On m Dragon can confuse the command for capitalization cap with the word cap In order to dictate the word cap as in I bought myself a new baseball cap you must first delete the dictation command cap with the Vocabulary Editor To do this open the Vocabulary Editor from the Vocabulary menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar then select the Words with spoken form only in the Chapter 7 Dictating Text Display drop down menu and choose the spoken form for cap then click Delete and click Close Now try dictating baseball cap and you will see that Dragon recognizes both words and displays them properly a The capitalization and spacing modes are automatically canceled if you move around your document m Ifyou move the cursor insertion point by mouse
74. the selected command Follow the directions on the Train Words dialog box that appears Fol Train Later Adds the command to a list of commands of the Train List for later training By selecting Train Later you activate the Train List button Bi al Displays the Train Words dialog box with a list of commands to be trained If you have untrained commands in the Train List when you close the Command Browser Dragon offers you the choice to train them before you exit 269 The Dragon Glossary The Dragon Glossary Use this glossary for a list of terms specific to Dragon DRA files definition Dragon Recorded Audio DRA files If your edition supports it Dragon automatically saves audio and text transcripts of your dictation in the DRA files Dragon Accuracy Center definition Offers a central location for tools you can use to personalize your vocabulary improve acoustics find or manage commands or get more information about improving your accuracy Click the links to open the related Dragon tools To open the Accuracy Center say display Accuracy Center or click Help gt Improve My Accuracy on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Accuracy Slider definition A sliding control that Dragon uses to adjust speed relative to accuracy as it performs speech recognition A higher accuracy setting means that Dragon may take longer to display your text while a higher speed setting means that Dragon displays the text mo
75. then later decide to install the extension see Do you need to reinstall below Chapter 14 Working with Web applications 2 Click Proceed Installation instructions appear Install Dragon Web Extension for IE If you would like to use Dragon with Internet Explorer you must install the Dragon Web Extension by performing the steps in Option A or B Option A If you see a message at the bottom of the page like this one aman Dor ete 1 Ensure that the message refers to Dragon Web Extension 2 Click Enable 3 Restart Internet Explorer Option B If you dont see the message in Option A please follow these steps to install the Dragon Web Extension Click the Settings button in the top right of Internet Explorer or press Alt T Choose Manage Add ons In the list of Add ons select the item called Dragon Web Extension for Internet Explorer Click Enable Click Close Restart Internet Explorer Dne WN 3 Follow the instructions provided Mozilla Firefox 24 or later 1 Open Firefox When a valid user profile is loaded a prompt appears the first time you open the browser after Dragon installation Enable Dragon in Firefox Dragon needs to install an extension to work with your web browser Click below to access our secure download site Proceed No Thanks Do not ask me again Note If you click No Thanks atthe initial prompt and then later decide to
76. three two and three fourths eleven over thirty two seven eight one five six five five thousand ninety nine dollars and fifty cents eight thirty pm 200 kg 200 kilograms May 15 2003 May fifteen comma two thousand three Note Saying comma is optional MMIV Roman numeral two thousand four iii lowercase Roman numeral three Roman no caps that 85 86 Dragon Installation and User Guide To enter Say Boston MA 02460 Boston Massachusetts 02460 Oakland CA Oakland California 99077 99077 Most of these examples only work as shown when the appropriate number formatting options are selected on the Auto formatting dialog box m Ifyou want a comma in a four digit number you must speak it explicitly Numbers with five or more digits automatically include commas m To force recognition of digits as numerals instead of text without using the Numbers Mode say Numeral before you say the digit for example say Numeral Three to get 3 m You can use or omit the word and as part of a number For example say one hundred fifty instead of one hundred and fifty to get the number 150 a You can use oh and zero interchangeably to get O m The way Dragon NaturallySpeaking formats the currency symbol the thousand separator the decimal separator the negative symbol and the time separator depends on the configuration of the Regional Settings or on some versions of Windows Regional
77. to open another DragonBar menu by touch touch and hold the menu you want to open To change the display mode 1 Say Switch to DragonBar to make the New DragonBar active 2 Say DragonBar then the mode that you want Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Classic DragonBar The New DragonBar closes and the Classic DragonBar opens Tray Icon only The New DragonBar is not visible on the screen Only the microphone icon in the Windows system tray indicates that Dragon is running Auto collapse The New DragonBar shrinks to a smaller size automatically when you move the cursor away from it This feature is helpful when you find that the New DragonBar covers too much of your screen This option is selected by default Note if you use a touchscreen computer we recommend you turn off the Auto collapse because it could cause you to inadvertently touch the microphone icon To collapse the New DragonBar Click the Minimize icon MM or say Collapse DragonBar Collapsing the New DragonBar shrinks it down to a smaller size taking up less space on your screen To expand the New DragonBar Click the Maximize icon Ei or say Expand DragonBar Expanding the New DragonBar reverts it to its normal size The Classic DragonBar e Profile Tools Vocabulary Modes Audio Help Dragon s microphone is off you can press its hotkey or click its icon to turn it on To open the Classic DragonBar 1 Say Switch
78. to select all instances or just a specific instance See Handling multiple text matches for more information If you find that a particular application does not display these numbers you can still use the Select Again command m Ifyou need to use the Select Again command the selection commands search for the instance of the word nearest the insertion point You can set the direction to always search backward on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box m When you select a word or phrase Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays the Correction menu which you can use to correct recognition errors You can change this behavior on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box m When you use the select or correct command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen Dragon selects the entire hyphenation For example in the hyphenated word brother in law if you say correct brother because you only need to change that Dragon selects brother in law Selecting lines and paragraphs You can select parts of a document by lines or paragraphs or you can select the whole document in the following ways To select one or more lines or paragraphs Say Select Thensay Then say Forward lt 1 20 gt Lines Previous Paragraph Back lt 1 20 gt Paragraphs You can also say Select Document Select All Caution When text is selected be careful not to breathe loudly clear your throat or make othe
79. trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc or their respective owners Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks including the following Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Corel and WordPerfect are registered trademarks of Corel Corporation Lotus and Lotus Notes are registered trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation Microsoft Microsoft Office Microsoft Office Live Microsoft Outlook Microsoft Word Microsoft Excel Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft InfoPath Microsoft Access Microsoft Visual Basic Microsoft ActiveSync Hotmail Outlook com Windows Internet Explorer Windows Windows Live Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows 7 Ultimate Server Windows Vista Windows XP Windows XP Professional Windows XP Home Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Windows NT Windows 2000 and Windows 2000 Server are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Mozilla Mozilla Firefox and Mozilla Thunderbird are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation Google Google Google Chrome and Gmail are trademarks of Google Inc Voicelt the Voicelt logo and Voicelt Link are trademarks or registered trademarks of VXI Corporation AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices Inc SoundBlaster is a registered trademark of Creative Technology Ltd
80. train Dragon to understand your voice The installation process checks to make sure your system meets the minimum system requirements needed for Dragon These system requirements are listed in the information that came with your copy of Dragon If your system does not meet these requirements Dragon will not be installed Plugging in the microphone To use Dragon you will need to plug in your microphone If you are not sure how to plug in your microphone consult the documentation that came with your microphone 17 18 Dragon Installation and User Guide Note If you already have speakers for your computer you can also use these to playback recorded speech instead of your headphones Dragon system requirements The install process checks that your system meets the minimum requirements if they are not met Dragon NaturallySpeaking will not be installed Note Supports Microsoft Office 2010 amp 2013 Does not support dictation directly into Electronic Medical Record EMR systems For EMR support please use Dragon Medical Edition RAM Minimum 2 GB for 32 bit Windows 7 8 amp 8 1 4 GB for 64 bit Windows 7 8 8 8 1 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 CPU Minimum 2 2 GHz Intel dual core or equivalent AMD processor Faster processors yield faster performance Free hard disk space 4GB Supported Operating Systems Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 8 amp 8 1 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Se
81. use more quickly than when you start in normal mode The microphone icon appears in the system tray Recognition Modes definition By default Dragon functions in Normal Mode distinguishing dictation from words numbers and commands and analyzing what it hears between pauses Dragon also offers restricted recognition modes for dictating only commands numbers characters Spell Mode or words Dictation Mode Results Box definition Ha editing and Dragon is l S A floating display box m that Dragon can provide as it listens to you and processes your speech You can set options to move the Results Box anywhere on the screen keep it in one place change its color and font size or make it disappear after a recognition See About the Results Display for details Results Display definition The on screen feedback that Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays during dictation While Dragon NaturallySpeaking listens the Recognition in Progress icon 6 displays When you pause Dragon NaturallySpeaking finishes processing your speech and enters dictation into the document or executes your command When recognition is complete the Dragon 6 idle icon displays See also Results Box The Dragon Web Extension definition Enables page element commands such as Click Link and Click Button and Full Text Control in supported browsers and Web based applications With the Dragon Web Extension installed and enabled you can dictate c
82. which the word processing features of Dragon NaturallySpeaking are based For example in Windows Notepad the paragraph commands don t work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field Selecting specific words or phrases Use the following procedures to select a specific word or phrase To select specific words p Say Select lt text gt where lt text gt is the word or phrase you want to select The text must be visible on the screen for you to select it Examples To select the words White House or began to feel say Select White House Select began to feel To select a phrase or range of words p Say Select lt text gt Through stext5 where lt text gt is a word or phrase at the beginning and at the end of the range you want to select The text must be in view on the screen Note Outside the USA or Canada say Select lt text gt To lt text gt 121 122 Dragon Installation and User Guide Example To select the words enclosed the materials you requested in the sentence I have also enclosed the materials you requested say Select enclosed Through requested Notes m You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document In most instances the Select command will display a number next to each instance of the word allowing
83. will stop playback The Correction menu closes automatically after you pick an item from it If you want to close the Correction menu without picking from it say Cancel or just continue dictating You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box Workflow You can experiment with Dragon NaturallySpeaking s various correction options including both vocal and manual actions Correction button Correction hot key double click to Correct Chapter 10 Making Corrections Smart Format Rules to see what you prefer for a given situation For a description of three different methods for correcting text and how each fits into a particular workflow click Correction workflow Techniques The following topics explain different aspects of correcting text Correcting text errors as you dictate Choosing the correct text Undoing actions Correcting misrecognized commands Notes a Remember that letting Dragon NaturallyS peaking adapt its Vocabulary to your own words and phrases will prevent many recognition errors If a word is not in Dragon NaturallySpeaking s active Vocabulary Dragon NaturallySpeaking can t recognize it accurately The Accuracy Center provides a central location for all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center a Ifthe New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar message area states that t
84. words from documents as phrases not single words For information about how to prepare a list see the topic Preparing documents to add to the Vocabulary To import lists of words or phrases 1 Say Accuracy Center or click Help 5 Improve My Accuracy 2 On the Accuracy Center click or say Import a list of words or phrases 3 Follow the steps on the Import list of words or phrases wizard Adding words with the Spelling window If Dragon NaturallySpeaking misrecognizes a word it may be that the word is not in the program s Vocabulary When this is the case you can use the following procedure to add the word so that it is recognized in the future To add words with the Spelling window 1 Say Spell That followed by the first four to six letters of the desired word The Spelling window opens 2 In the the Spelling window finish typing the word or spell it by voice Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy 3 Ifyou wish to train the pronunciation of the word click Audio gt Improve Recognition of Word or Phrase and follow the instructions in the Train Words dialog box Note You cannot use the Spelling window to add a word that has hyphens or spaces The program recognizes each part of such a word as separate pieces For example if you tried to use the Spelling window to add the name Havisham Smythe you would actually be adding the names Havisham and Smythe The next time you spoke the name you would get Havish
85. 109 Command To Insert before Move the cursor to just before a particular word or phrase in your document Insert after Move the cursor to just after a particular word or phrase in your document Notes Dragon Installation and User Guide e Depending on how Dragon s Correction Options are set Dragon displays either the Correction menu see example below or the Spelling window when you use the Correct command If you use Choose all when multiple correction options are displayed you can replace all of the selections with a numbered option from the menu or use all caps that Other menu commands apply to the last match selected e Changes to multiple text matches do not work from the Spelling window Choose snumber or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to move cursor into position just before the third instance of a number of text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to move cursor into position just after the third instance of a number of text matches For commands that apply to a range of text such as bold lt abc gt through lt xyz gt Dragon expects to hear to or through depending on the region you selected when you created your User Profile Use through in the United States and Canada and use to in all other regions Formatting commands are not available in Notepad and may not work correctly in Internet Explorer To use
86. 2 0 2 2 eee eee cee cece cece cece cece cece eee c cee arraina aana 142 Working with Microsoft Word 22222 0 cece cece c cece cece cece cece eceeeeeeeeees 144 Basic document commands in Microsoft Word 222222 e cece eee eee cece eee cece cece eceeeeeeees 144 Creating opening and closing a document c cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 144 Saving a document c ec cece cece eee cece ce ececcececceeceeeeeeeeeeeenees 145 Selecting text c ccc e eee e eee e cece eee A EDADA aeara aaraa 152 Contents Formatting text in Microsoft Word 0 0000002 o oc ec cece cece ccc ccc cece eee e cece eee e eee eeeteeeeeees 152 Email Programs a ota een sA Aa ase Madadala aa sce ta nee 155 Supported e mail programs e aooaa aaia naroa arrana nanan 155 Working in e mail programs e cece eee aa aa aa aa aaraa eannan 155 Commands for working with e mail messages a 156 Commands for moving around in e mail o cece cece ccc ce eee ee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 156 Dictating e mail and Web addresses eee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 Dictating E mail and Calendar commands 0 e cece eeeeeeceeeeeeeees 158 Commands for Windows Live Mail 20 0000 0 022 o eee cece cece cece ccc ccc cee cece eee e eee eeeteeeeeees 160 Microsoft Outlook 162 Working with Microsoft Outlook
87. 2 Documents Windows Internet Explorer ab user voc DragonBar Professional www vtstateparks com pdfs rule_current pdf Google Chrome iTunes Fe MW Snap List of Open windows png 22 dns main help enx fiprj MadCap Flare V7 Document2 Microsoft Word won oun bh WN KH Or p To list open windows of multi document applications say List windows for program name For example say List windows for Microsoft Word The List of Windows opens For example 218 Dragon Installation and User Guide Choose the window to activate You may say choose 1 or another number or double click the item My Blog Post docx Microsoft Word Save our Children docx Microsoft Word W My Budget docx Microsoft Word To list all open Dragon windows say List windows for Dragon or List Dragon windows The list of Dragon windows opens For example For information about dictating program names see Starting and exiting programs 219 Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop 2 To switch to an open program or window Say Choose n where nis the number of the program or window you want to switch to or just say the number next to the word For example say Choose 2 or 2 OR Choose the number of the program or window from the list and click OK 220 Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard This section contains the follo
88. 20 20 e cece cece cece ccc eee ee cece eeceeececteceeceeeeeeeeeees 155 Commands for working with e mail messages 2 02 0 0 ce cece cece ec eeceeceeeeeees 156 Commands for moving around in e mail 2 2 2 2 eee aa 156 Dictating e mail and Web addresses __ __ 22 222 eee eee eee 157 Dictating E mail and Calendar commands 2 0220 20 20 c cee cc eee eee eeceecceceeeceececeeee 158 Commands for Windows Live Mail 20 2200 2 20 20 ee cc cec cece ccc ceeccceccecceeseeee 160 Supported e mail programs The e mail commands listed in this section work in the following desktop e mail applications Microsoft Outlook m Lotus Notes Mozilla Thunderbird m Windows Live Mail Dragon s Web application commands along with many of the commands for desktop e mail applications work in these Web based applications in supported Web browsers a Gmail m Qutlook com m Yahoo Note Regardless of what email program you use you should ensure that Dragon can transcribe the contact names and email addresses that matter to you See the Accuracy Center for ways to do it including adding contacts and scanning sent e mail Working in e mail programs The commands described in this topic are only applicable to desktop e mail applications such as Microsoft Outlook There are different commands for Web based e mail If you re using web based email programs see Using web based email for the commands Check the l
89. 3 245 recognition using 2 243 mouse clicking 22 22 e eee eee eee eee eee 226 mouse pointer 224 225 dragging ee eee eee eee 226 MOVING ul 224 moving with MouseGrid 225 MWSOC hit AAP PAPN 225 using to position the mouse pointer 225 Move to commands aoaaa aoaaa aoaaa 117 Index MOVING ul 114 224 225 new words o aoaaa aaaaaaaaoaaaaaaa 250 253 around a document adding a list of to the Vocabulary 18 quick reference 114 adding to the Vocabulary 250 the cursor 2 22 222 22 114 117 adding with the Spelling window 253 the mouse pointer 2 224 Non standard definition 277 the mouse pointer with MouseGrid 225 Non standard windows 88 to the beginning or end of a document dictating textin ooo ac siccsarencsececasess 88 INES aaa NAA vie Normal Mode iaaa 243 245 Mozilla Firefox switching to 245 COMIMANGS 6c clei seccensenacbensadannne 199 using 243 switching between frames 199 Normal Mode definition PAA eee 275 multiple texi matches Nothing But Speech definition 275 nga g correcting and editing 106 AMIRI EA E 84 130 Multiple text matching commands changing format 130 applying to multiple words 106 dictating 84 N forcing recognition of 84 NAMIN be
90. 3 Ices cream Choose 4 Ice creams Choose 5 Ice cram Choose 6 I ve scream Choose 7 I d scream Choose 8 ice cream Choose 9 Ice Cream You can also say Spell That if you don t see your choice above Play That Back All caps that Add that to Vocabulary Unselect That Don t Recognize that word Make that a command Correction Options po PAPA KP O a 2 Choose one of the items from the Correction menu or dictate the replacement content If you choose one of the alternatives on the Correction menu Dragon automatically returns the cursor to where it was before you opened the menu If you dictate something new to make a correction when the Correction menu is open Dragon does not return the cursor to its last location You can use the Go Back command or the mouse or keyboard to move it back to where itwas 97 Dragon Installation and User Guide Correcting text with the keyboard fastest To correct text with the keyboard 1 Move the insertion point to the beginning of the dictation you want to correct 2 Press the Correction hot key to display the Correction menu By default this is the Minus key on the numeric keypad You can change the hot key assignment on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box You can also click the Correction button on the Extras toolbar The Extras toolbar is available only on the Classic DragonBar to use it you must first switch to the Classic DragonBar
91. Canada say Select lt text gt To lt text gt Select from lt text gt to lt text gt For lt text gt substitute whatever text you want select Extend a selection gt Extend Selection Forward Backward by lt number gt Words Lines Paragraphs Extend Selection Up Down by lt number gt Lines Paragraphs gt Extend Selection Left Right by lt number gt Words Formatting text in Microsoft Word This topic contains examples of voice commands to format text in Microsoft Word For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases see Handling multiple text matches Changing text properties Change text properties SetWord Line Paragraph to Strikeout Underline this Word Line Paragraph Italicize Next lt number gt Words Bold This Page 152 153 Dragon Installation and User Guide Changing font and point sizes Change font name and Set the Font to Twenty Four Points Times in the point size Word Line Paragraph Increase Decrease the Font Size to Eighteen Points in the Word Line Paragraph Set the Font to Courier in the Selection Word Line Paragraph Page Section Document Decrease Selection by Two Points Changing font properties Change font Turn on Bold and Italics properties Format That Regular Italicize the Next lt number gt Words Lines Paragraphs for example Italicize the Next Five Lines Unitalicize That Changing capitalization Change C
92. Center appear See Finding commands in the Command Browser for details Chapter 19 Using the Command Browser X Y Keyword Filter No filter selected Include Global Commands _ Dragon sidebar learning center float undock Dragon sidebar learning center show my commands Dragon sidebar learning center auto hide Dragon sidebar learning center close Dragon sidebar learning center dock left Dragon sidebar learning center dock right Dragon sidebar learning center font Dragon sidebar learning center global Dragon sidebar learning center help Dragon sidebar learning center home Dragon sidebar learning center mouse os Elipsis Dragon sidebar learning center stop hiding tat Show All Dragon sidebar learning center thinner Dragon sidebar learning center wider switch to the Dragon sidebar learning center Pr View Edit Script the command list the Dragon sidebar learning center Training the sample commands i Train what can I say Bi Train Later I gt or So Back to List ad Train List To display Global Commands for a specific application Select the Global Commands checkbox to include Global Commands in the current display i e present them together with the commands that work just in the selected context In the Comma
93. Changing the way text wraps on your screen 2 20 2 2 cece cc eee ceececcececeeceeeee 94 About DragonPad DragonPad is Dragon NaturallySpeaking s built in word processor which is optimized for dictation DragonPad includes basic text formatting features as well as the ability to save and print documents You can use DragonPad when you do not need the capability of a full featured word processor When you have finished dictating you can say Copy All To Clipboard to copy your text to the Clipboard and Paste That to copy the text from the Clipboard into any other program Although it is similar to WordPad DragonPad is customized for use with Dragon NaturallySpeaking and contains speech recognition features that are not available in WordPad Changing the way text wraps on your screen As you are dictating in DragonPad you may want to change the way text wraps in the DragonPad window To change the way text wraps on your screen 1 Onthe View menu click Settings 2 Inthe Word Wrap group of the Text or the Rich Text tab select the wrapping option you want You can select No wrap Wrap to window or Wrap to ruler 3 Click OK Notes The wrapping options affect only how text appears on your screen When printed the document uses the margin settings specified in Page Setup Chapter 9 Using DragonPad Youcan set different word wrap options for the text format in which you save the document text only TXT or ri
94. Choices Close a list of choices Hide Choices Choose an entry from a list of choices Choose lt text gt for example Choose Hardware Compatibility Guide Saying Choose is optional Notes You can use most text selection commands when you work with text that you enter in a Web form Use the Choose lt n gt command listed under Navigating the Web to select among multiple choices 203 Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Moving around a Web page To Say Move the page up by a screen Page Up Move down to the bottom of the page Scroll Down Move up to the top of the page Scroll Up Move the page down by a few lines of text Line Down Internet Explorer commands The following commands are specific to Internet Explorer See also the Dragon Learning Center and Command Browser New commands for Internet Explorer 9 and 10 Dragon provides voice support for pinning Web sites or specific Web pages to the Windows Start menu Then when you open the site or page from there it displays as a separate browser icon on the Windows taskbar To pin a Web site or page to the Start menu 1 Say Pin this web site page to Start menu A dialog box displays where you can update the address for the Web page to be added Note f you are using Windows 8 machine and IE 10 the command is Pin this web site page to Start Screen Using this command adds an icon of the site to the Start Screen 2 Say or click
95. DUN M Sakahan ieee 168 Working with Microsoft Excel 2 2 0 0 00 aa 168 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control 00 00 000000 220 e cece eee eee 168 Basic commands for Microsoft Excel 0 22 00 0 20 c eee cece cece ce cece eee ceeeeeceeee 169 Creating opening and closing a spreadsheet 2 0 20 22 cee cece eee cece cece 170 138 139 Dragon Installation and User Guide Editing in a spreadsheet 2 0 0 20 20 e cece eee c eee aaoo addaa aoo odata aaoi aian 170 Saving renaming and moving to another a spreadsheet 2 2 20 20 2022 170 Setting up a spreadsheet c aaa addaa oo aaar aao aaea 171 Viewing the spreadsheet cece cece eee ec cece ee eeeeeccececececeeeeees 171 Printing 22 02 20 e eee e cece cece cece cece cece cece ceceeccecereeeeeeececeesereeeees 171 Moving around a spreadsheet 171 Switching between open spreadsheets 20 22 22 e eee e eee ce cece cece ee eeccecceeeeee 172 Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet c cece eee eec cece ceeceeceee 173 Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel 2 cece eee ec eee eeceeeeeee 173 Scrolling in popular programs You can use the following commands in many programs to scroll and move the view through the program s work area These voice scrolling commands work with the supported versions of Microsoft Office programs including Wor
96. Daisy Tennessee Trenton Mercer Airport Trenton Mercer Airport If you want to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary for use ina specific setting you can create a new written form with the punctuation included and a unique 251 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy word or phrase for the spoken form For example if you wanted Dragon to type the word U N C L E in the header of your letters the written form could be U N C L E and the spoken form could be UNCLE That way Dragon would still type only the word uncle when you dictate it as usual because it also exists in the Vocabulary Alternately if you wanted to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary every time you used that word you would change the properties of the existing word For more information see Word Properties in the Dragon Help Learning from specific documents You can use the Learn from Specific Documents wizard to personalize your profile by adding words from specific folders or documents to your vocabulary Dragon NaturallySpeaking analyzes the documents to update the vocabulary with information about your word usage Caution To maintain accuracy Dragon must only analyze content in the language in which your user profile was created Be sure to select only documents in the language of your current profile To add words from specific documents 1 Say Open Accuracy Center and then Learn From
97. Drag Lower Left and when the Desktop icon is selected say Double Click m You can disable the mouse motion commands by clearing the check box Enable mouse motion commands on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box 228 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy This section contains the following topics The Dragon Accuracy Center 0 00 20 200 c cece cece ee cc cece ccc ce eceeececceceeececeeeceeeesees 240 Recognition Modes 0 2 0 2 0 ccc e cece ccc ec cece cece cece ceeccecececececceecececeeeeeeeeeeeee 243 Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better 0 0 0 20 c ccc ccc cece cece eee eeeeeceeeeeee 247 Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary 2 2 0 cece cece cece eee ecceceecceceecceeeeeees 250 Managing Vocabularies 2 2 00 0 00 cece cc cece ccc c cece ceeceeceeececeeceeceeeeeeeeeees 258 Top 10 ways to improve accuracy Here s our top 10 list of ways to optimize Dragon s ability to recognize your speech 1 Use careful dictation practices Dictating with Dragon is different than talking to someone When we talk we often hesitate mumble slur words or leave words out altogether but we re still able to understand each other And people can easily filter out noise which lets us understand each other even in noisy environments like restaurants but speech software needs help separating dictation from other sounds With dictation
98. Guide Say either of the following e Send e mail to lt contact name gt Or e Start Microsoft Outlook 1 Start Microsoft Outlook Instead of start you can also say open launch or show For example say show Microsoft Outlook 2 Go To Inbox 3 Check for new mail 4 Open Mail Message to read first unread message 1 Reply to Message or Reply to This Message to reply to the sender only or Reply to All to reply to all recipients of the message Dictate your reply Send Message Create E mail Dictate the address of the recipient Subject Dictate the subject line Text Field or Move to Text Dictate the text of the message Send Message e Mark the Message as Unread e Copy this Message to a Folder e Flag Message for Followup e Close All Items Tip You can use the Send E mail command even if Microsoft Outlook is closed Here s how 1 Say Send E Mail to lt contact name gt where contact name is the name of someone in your Outlook Contacts Dragon opens an Outlook message with the contact name entered in the To field 2 Compose your message and send it as usual Outlook remains closed after the message is sent Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to make appointments in Microsoft Outlook 163 Chapter 13 Working in Programs Open your 1 Start Microsoft Outlook calendar Instead of start you can a
99. Help To start a program p Say Start followed by the program name Instead of start you can also say open launch or show For example say open Notepad Shorter names for popular programs For the popular Windows programs listed here you can use shorter program names in addition to the standard program label shown on the Start menu or under the program icon on the Desktop For other programs you ll need to say the standard program label 208 209 Dragon Installation and User Guide a MS Word Microsoft Word Microsoft Office Word MS Excel Microsoft Excel m MS Outlook Microsoft Outlook m MS PowerPoint Microsoft PowerPoint m MS Access Microsoft Access m MS InfoPath Microsoft InfoPath m Internet Explorer Microsoft Internet Explorer m Firefox Mozilla Firefox m Chrome Google Chrome m Corel WordPerfect WordPerfect m Acrobat Reader m Lotus Notes Examples Say Start Microsoft Word Or gt Say Start Acrobat Reader Notes You can also start your standard desktop email client by saying Start Mail See Working in e mail programs for details To start any other programs To start other Windows desktop programs you need to know the name of the program shortcut or icon Say start and then the text on the program icon label Examples EJ Microsoft Visual Basic 2008 Express Edition Microsoft Visual Basic listed in Windows like this p Say Start Microsoft Visual Basic 2008 Express Edition OR
100. Language Model definition Contains statistical information that predicts which words are most likely to occur in the context of the user s speech 274 275 Dragon Installation and User Guide Language Model optimization definition Updates the language model of the current Vocabulary Language Model Optimization uses text Dragon extracts from the DRA files that are created when you correct words Based on the speech data collected Language Model Optimization applies modifications to the language model to reflect your word usage Language Model Optimizer definition Performs Language Model Optimization from the Accuracy Center Any Dragon user with administrator privileges can schedule Dragon to perform optimization periodically Natural Language Commands definition Provide greater flexibility in the wording you use to perform common actions in a variety of applications such as Microsoft Word Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox Instead of requiring users to memorize specific commands such as bold that the Natural Language Commands give you a wide range of words you can say to execute a command For example make that bold bold the last paragraph set font bold all do the same thing as do many more conversational commands To know which commands work in an application open the application and say What Can Say Normal Mode L definition Dragon s default mode of dictation In Normal Mode Dragon
101. Nuance Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Installation Guide and User Guide For the latest Bluetooth microphone guide please see the Nuance website Copyright Copyright 1991 2014 Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 This material may not include some last minute technical changes and or revisions to the software Changes are periodically made to the information described here Future versions of this material will incorporate these changes Nuance Communications Inc may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to such patents No part of this material or software may be reproduced in any form or by any means including without limitation electronic or mechanical such as photocopying or recording or by any information storage and retrieval systems without the express written consent of Nuance Communications Inc Specifications are subject to change without notice Copyright 2014 Nuance Communications Inc All rights reserved Nuance the Nuance logo ScanSoft Dragon DragonBar the Dragon logo NaturallySpeaking RealSpeak Nothing But Speech NBS Natural Language Technology Full Text Control BestMatch MouseGrid and Vocabulary Editor are registered trademarks or trademarks of Nuance Communications Inc All other names and trademarks referenced herein are
102. Process For the first profile the profile creation wizard simply assigns the profile a name rather than asking you to enter a name if you want to rename the profile later use the Manage Profiles dialog The step where Dragon proposed reading a text aloud is now omitted As before you can read a training text after creating your profile see Read text to train Dragon to your voice in the Accuracy Center The step where Dragon offered to adapt its vocabulary based on documents and sent emails is now omitted and you can launch the analysis of documents and emails once your profile is created 15 16 Dragon Installation and User Guide Simplified Audio Setup Dragon now detects audio devices better In most cases when Dragon presents the list of detected devices you can just pick the device it shows as recommended and continue In addition the Microphone Check is now just one screen and its text is easier to read Important Using more than one input device is now done by picking Manage Dictation Sources on the DragonBar s Profile menu If you add multiple audio sources in your profile you benefit from your profile s refinements such as changing an option correcting an error or analyzing emails to personalize the vocabulary whenever you use Dragon regardless of what audio device you re speaking into for instance you could create your profile with a built in microphone and later add a Bluetooth headset microphone a
103. The Learn From Sent Email tool now also works with Web based email such as Gmail and Yahoo Mail so you have more potential sources from which to let Dragon familiarize itself with the words and phrases you might write The Vocabulary Editor now has a Search field and lets you search on more than just written forms Also it makes it easy to add a custom Dictation Command Note the Word Properties dialog box which is accessed through the Vocabulary Editor now uses the term printed form instead of alternate written form For Canadian customers when creating a profile you can now pick Canada as your region so that Dragon s vocabulary will contain spellings such as honour instead of honor Compatibility Alerts If its add in for a supported application such as Microsoft Word becomes disabled Dragon now alerts you of this disconnection These add ins enable Full Text Control they are known as compatibility modules This can be turned off on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog Chapter 1 What s New in Dragon Version 13 For details see The Options dialog box Miscellaneous tab New DragonBar Dragon now includes a redesigned DragonBar The New DragonBar can be dragged to a different location as well as expanded or collapsed by clicking on its left edge To take up less space on your screen it automatically collapses when you re not using it You can use its DragonBar menu to turn off the auto collapse
104. Windows Microsoft Active Accessibility should be installed before using voice commands with Internet Explorer If Microsoft Active Accessibility is not installed you must always start Dragon NaturallySpeaking before you start Internet Explorer If Internet Explorer is already running close it start Dragon NaturallySpeaking and then restart Internet Explorer Searching the Web by voice Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to perform the following types of Web searches Search the Web Starts a Web search in your default browser Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays your search string for editing if needed and then uses your default search provider to search the Internet for your search terms See Search the Web for details Search a specific Web site Starts a Web search of a specific site in your default browser Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays your search string for editing if needed and then uses your default search provider to search a specific Web site for your search terms See Search a specific Web site for details Search a category on the Web Starts a Web search of a specific category of information in your default browser Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays your search string for editing if needed and then uses your default search provider to search a specific category for your search terms See Search a category on the Web for details You can also Search the Web using dates times names or currencies and Directly open
105. a Web site with Google s I m feeling lucky Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Notes m The option to edit the search string before it is sent to your browser is configurable so you can turn it off if you prefer See Display search text before performing search for details in the Dragon Help Depending on your Web browser and the complexity of the search displaying the results may take a few moments m Your Web browser does not have to be open to start a Web search by voice Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes when you use a voice search command and opens your default browser for you See your browser s documentation for information on setting the default browser The following table lists the types of Web searches you can perform the commands that Dragon NaturallySpeaking supports examples of how to use the commands and descriptions of what happens after you say them 196 197 Search type Search the Web Search a specific Web site Search the Web for the lt dictation gt Search lt Web site gt for the lt dictation gt Example commands Search the Web for Italian restaurants in Boston Search eBay for waffle irons or Search Yahoo for movies in Boston Dragon Installation and User Guide What happens Optionally Dragon NaturallyS peaking displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary Your default Web browser opens and displays the results of
106. a 84 Chapter 8 Using the Dictation Box 88 Using the Dictation Box 88 Dictation Box SetingS aaa aaa ANAN DIY bic wodeehuls chs LT KOS NT GL Namban g O NG Yaad Paas Hahahahah bh 91 Chapter 9 Using DragonPad cece neces 94 About DragonPad 00020 e cece AA EA AE AA EE Aara aaraa naonana 94 Changing the way text wraps on your screen 94 Chapter 10 Making Corrections 96 Correcting dictation workflow 000 eee cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeceeseeeeeees 96 Correcting text quick reference c cece ccc ccc cece adaa aa raoa oraaa errno ran 100 Choosing the correct text e cece cece ee eaaa oa rrara rarnana 101 Correcting misrecognized commands 0 0 e cece cece eeeeecececeeeeeeees 102 Chapter 11 Revising Text 0 00 00 00 20 ooo c cece ccc cc ccc cece ccc ec cece ee ceceeeceeeeceeeeeeceees 104 Contents Using Direct Editing commands 00 000000 cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 Handling multiple text matches 000000 00000 eee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 106 Revising text quick reference 1 02 2 2 eee ccc ccc cece e cece cece c cece cece arareori nanan 110 Chapter 12 Moving around in a document 2 2 20 2 0 20 eee eee eee eee ee eee eee 114 Moving the insertion point 1 2 2 2 0 02222 e eee eee cece cece cece ccc eee eee cece cece cece ee naraon ranan 114 Moving to specific words
107. agon NaturallySpeaking will be disabled 3 Click Activate Automatically This automatically activates Dragon NaturallySpeaking and requires no further action from you To manually activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking This displays the Activation dialog box Click Activate Now This displays the Activation Screen Click Activate Manually This displays the Enter Key dialog box eS To complete the manual activation click on the URL listed at the top of the dialog box This URL opens the Nuance activation page 31 32 Dragon Installation and User Guide 5 On the Nuance activation page click Generate Activation Key to create an Activation Key 6 Once activation key appears select the entire number and copy it CTRL C Click the first field of the Enter Key dialog box and paste CTRL V This pastes the entire number into the Activate Key field 7 Click OK to complete the activation Notes a You must be connected to the Internet to activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking The activation process sends only your product serial number and a number that uniquely identifies the machine where Dragon NaturallySpeaking is being installed No personal information is transmitted to Nuance m Ifyou make any hardware changes on a machine where Dragon NaturallySpeaking is installed you may be prompted to activate again To preserve your activation status you can uninstall Dragon NaturallySpeaking making s
108. agon for the prompt to reappear In addition if you select Do not ask me again and then later decide to install the extension see Do you need to reinstall below 180 181 2 Click Proceed The Chrome Web Store opens _6 gt Dragon Web Extension Productivity from nuancedragondev OVERVIEW DETAILS REVIEWS RELATED Nuance Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version 13 E g NUANCE 3 Click A confirmation appears Confirm New Extension Add Dragon Web Extension It can Access your data on all websites Access your tabs and browsing activity Communicate with cooperating native applications Add Cancel Dragon Installation and User Guide FREE 8H Dragon Web Extension for Chrome The Dragon Web Extension for Google Chrome enables you to use Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version 13 to dictate into and control web applications by simply using your voice This extension requires that you have installed Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version 13 Create and manage web emails fill in forms dictate documents and more all using Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version 13 Instructions To install click the Free button in the upper right hand corner of your browser When the Confirm new Extension prompt appears click Add Then you are ready to use Dragon with Chrome Note If you click Cancel in the Confirm New Extension prompt and later decide to enable the exte
109. am Smythe without the hyphen To add such a word or name use the Vocabulary Editor dialog box say Open Vocabulary Editor Learn From Sent E mails Use the Learn From Sent E mails tool to make your profile more accurate by personalizing the vocabulary based on emails you have sent The tool will offer a list of names from the recipients of your emails and give you the opportunity to train any of them before they are added to the vocabulary Optionally you can also have this tool use the contents of your sent e mail to adapt the Language Model Dragon s statistics on how frequently a given word appears individually and in the context of other words Caution To maintain accuracy Dragon must only analyze content in the language in which your user profile was created If you have Sent e mail in other languages only use this tool to add e mail contacts to your profile Note You may want to run the Learn From Sent E mails tool only when you are not using your computer for other purposes because the tool uses large amounts of computer memory and processing power To open the Learn From Sent E mails tool m Say Open Accuracy Center then Learn From Sent E mails Or m Click Vocabulary gt Learn From Sent E Mails on the DragonBar Tip You can also start the Learn From Sent E mails tool by saying Add Contacts Once you start the Learn From Sent E mails wizard proceed by clicking Next The tool leads you through the following s
110. am features will be installed Requires the most disk If no earlier versions of Dragon are installed on your system the default directory is C Program Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 For a list of directories created by installation see Version 13 File Structure 6 7 8 10 11 While you are still on the Setup Type page select Typical Click Install to start the installation When prompted click Finish to complete the installation If you are prompted to restart your computer restart it now Select Start gt All Programs gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking The New DragonBar appears on your desktop optional If you have user profiles that you would like to upgrade before proceeding see Upgrading User Profiles If you have no upgradable profiles the Profile Creation wizard starts immediately after you run the product Proceed to Creating your User Profile to set up a User Profile continue as instructed You are now ready to create a User Profile as explained under Creating your User Profile Installing Software Custom Installation To install portions of Dragon or to install it for multiple user profiles 1 Insert the Dragon DVD into your DVD drive If the installation does not start automatically use Windows Explorer to find and double click setup exe on the DVD 2 After the Windows Installer begins it installs a Visual C Version 9 0 Runtime After the Wizard
111. an change the appearance and behavior of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar to suit your preferences and hardware See Minimize Maximize buttons and Displaying the DragonBar Note if you use a touchscreen computer we recommend you turn off the Auto collapse see Displaying the DragonBar for more information The New DragonBar and Classic DragonBar contain the following controls Dragon icon Appears on the Classic DragonBar only Click the Dragon icon 5 or right click anywhere on the Classic DragonBar to display a menu that controls how the Classic DragonBar looks and acts on your screen To change how the New DragonBar looks and acts select an option from the DragonBar menu For more information on the options that control the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar see Displaying the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 53 Dragon Installation and User Guide Grabber bar Appears on the New DragonBar only Click and hold the grabber bar I move the New DragonBar around your screen when it s maximized It s located to the left of the DragonBar menu Minimize Maximize icons These appear only on the New DragonBar Click the Minimize icon or say Collapse DragonBar to collapse the New DragonBar or shrink it down to a smaller size Click the Maximize icon Ef or say Expand DragonBar to return the New DragonBar to its default size By default the New DragonBar is automatically collapsed To expand it move your mous
112. and Browser icon ON on the left side of the Command Browser or right click anywhere on the Command Browser to open the Command Browser shortcut menu Note When you set the Command Browser to Always On Top it will cover secondary Dragon NaturallySpeaking windows such as the DragonPad and Help screens In these cases you will have to turn off the Always On Top state or move the windows around so that they are not obscured Opening the Command Browser The Command Browser displays commands that Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes in the current context whether you are working in a specific program or on the Windows Desktop To open the Command Browser Say Open Command Browser or Start Command Browser or on the Tools menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar click Command Browser You can also open the Command Browser from the Accuracy Center Some commands are not available in Dragon Premium and lower editions Global Commands When the Command Browser first opens it displays a list of Global Commands available in every application But if you want to view commands for individual applications Dragon shows only commands applicable in that context Use the Context box to select a specific application and Dragon displays only the commands that work in that application If you were viewing commands for the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center as shown initially a subset of commands that apply only to the Learning
113. and Font dialog boxes You can identify these dialog boxes by the Internet Explorer symbol a small document icon with the letter e in it appearing in the upper left corner of the dialog box header To allow Dragon NaturallySpeaking to recognize these commands you must have the Enable commands in HTML windows option selected on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box a Ke Click a button Click lt button name gt for example Click Apply Saying Click is optional Click Check Box or Check Box Click Radio Button or Radio Button Click List Box or List Box Choose an entry from a list of choices Choose lt text gt for example Choose Ariel bold Saying Choose is optional Select the item identified by a number such as Bp that Choose lt number gt for example Choose Eight appears if your choice matches more than one thing Select the next matching object on the dialog box Next Next Match or Next Control Select the previous object on the dialog box Previous Previous Match or Previous Control Click the selected edit box or other object Click That Moving around in a message window See Scrolling in popular programs and Scrolling in windows and lists 166 Dragon Installation and User Guide Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands Command Create an appointment Create a new appointment at lt time gt For example 12 15 p m See Times in Auto formatting dialog box
114. and select a new location When you click on the vocabulary line of a user profile in the list the New Base Vocabulary text box below the list becomes available You can choose a new base vocabulary from the drop down list When you click on the acoustic model line of a user profile in the list the New Acoustic Model text box below the list becomes available You can choose a new combination language language model and accent from the drop down list 6 Click OK to return to the wizard 7 Click Nextto proceed to the Upgrade Users page where you click Begin to begin the upgrade process Expect to wait approximately 5 minutes for each user profile being upgraded 8 When the upgrade process is complete click Finish Default installation folders Dragon sets up the following default folders and file locations for application and data file storage during installation Windows 7 Windows 8 Main Dragon log C 1ProgramDatalNuancelNaturallySpeaking 13Nogs1suser name gt Note After one of Dragon s periodic tasks runs there is also a log in the subfolder C ProgramData Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 logs System Upgrade log C Users All Users Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 logs lt user_name gt User Profiles C ProgramData Nuance NaturallyS peaking13 Users Roaming User Profiles local folder C ProgramData Nuance NaturallyS peaking 13 RoamingUsers Vocabularies and Acoustic Models C ProgramData Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 Data Custom
115. apitalize the First Last Next lt number gt Words Lines Paragraphs for example case Capitalize the Next Five Words Lowercase the First Last Next lt number gt Words Lines Paragraphs for example Lowercase the Last Ten Words Toggle the Case of the Word Changing font color Change font color Set Font Color to Green in This Line Set the Color to Red in the Selection Set It to Dark Blue refers to current word or selection Changing line spacing Change line and paragraph Double Space the Paragraph spacing Single Space Selection Increase Paragraph Spacing to lt number gt Inches Centimeters Chapter 13 Working in Programs Changing text justification Change text justification Justify the Document Right Justify It or Right Align Selection Left Align This Line Paragraph Set Initial Indent to lt number gt Inches Centimeters Set Hanging Indent to lt number gt Inches Centimeters on This Page Creating bulleted or numbered lists Create and delete bullet points or listnumbers Set the paragraph to Bulleted Numbered Delete Bullets From the Document Unnumber the Selection Working with outlines Create an outline Set View to Outline 154 155 Dragon Installation and User Guide Email Programs This section contains the following topics Supported e mail programs 0 20 20 cece cece cece cece eee ce eee Aea AAA Eao oaaao 155 Working in e mail programs 20
116. arching with I m Feeling Lucky 195 Google Desktop using voice commands with 216 H handheld or smartphone using as recorder 68 handling multiple text matches 106 Help using by voice 2 2 20220200e 44 Hidden Mode definition 274 MOU CN a eae eke 45 hyphenating words 132 Index pressing by voice 2 222 icons keystrokes ese die Varese undelete 222 selecting and opening 215 sending by voice anna 222 importing 0 00 2 e cece eee eee eee ee 261 L Vocabularies 2 2 22 222 261 language model 2 22 250 253 improve my accuracy 230 240 modifying 20 22 22 22 222 250 253 Include Global button 2 266 optimizing L A 240 increasing accuracy 254 255 Language Model optimization definition 275 inserting text 114 117 Language Model Optimizer definition 275 insertion point 2 2 22 114 117 Learn From Sent E mails tool 254 Insertion point LAM oe ees ec AN 254 MOVING ul 114 117 Learning Center installation showing and hiding 45 71 default directories 30 USING HUNYO a stevens AN Ey aaa 45 71 Installation and profile creation 17 Learning from specific docu
117. argin to Five Centimeters Number pages Add Page Numbers Create Page Numbers Create headers 1 Go To Header Footer and footers Dictate text to appear in the header or footer Close Header Footer Add footnotes Move the insertion point to the location where you want the footnote Insert Footnote Here Dictate the footnote text Close Footnotes Viewing a document View a document Preview the File View Master Document Preview Document as HTML Close the Preview Set View to Normal Enlarge or reduce the document Zoom to lt number gt Percent for example Zoom to Fifty View Percent Set Zoom to Page Width Height Change the display Show Hide Headers and Footers Show Hide the Ruler Show Hide Paragraph Marks 146 147 Dragon Installation and User Guide Printing To Print a range of Print Pages lt number gt to lt number gt for example Print Pages One to pages Three Print partofapage 1 Select lt First Last gt paragraph for example Select the Last Paragraph 2 Print the Paragraph or Print the Selection Checking spelling and grammar Check spelling 1 Check Spelling 2 Click Change or Click Ignore depending on how you want to respond 3 Click Close when the spelling check is complete Searching and replacing Search for text 1 Finda Word 2 Dictate the word or phrase you want to find in the Find dialog box 3 Click Find Rep
118. at not all of these commands work in all browsers See the Command Browser for more information 200 201 Move the insertion point to the Address Bar Go to the URL in the Address Bar Refresh the current page from the Web Click a button Click a link that is a word or phrase Click on an image thatis a link Stop loading a Web page Load the previous page in the history list Load the next page in the history list Load your home page Open a browser tab ina new browser window Open a currently displayed Web page in another browser tab that stays in the background Dragon Installation and User Guide Go to Address Bar Internet Explorer and Firefox only For Chrome you can say press Alt d See also Internet Explorer Commands Click Go or Go There Firefox and Internet Explorer only For Chrome you can say press Enter Refresh page or Reload page Firefox and Internet Explorer only For Chrome you can say press F5 Click followed by all or part of the button name If there are multiple matches Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays a number next to each one Say the number of the button you want to click A red arrow points to your choice and then Dragon NaturallySpeaking clicks it Click followed by the link text or part of the text If there are multiple matches say the number of the link you want to click or say the text for the link A red arrow highlights your choi
119. ation Dictation mode using 243 Dictation APA PNE 88 Re AA PAA ESP 88 COMUIMANAS E 88 Dictation Box definition 273 Dictation Mode definition 273 Dictation Source definition 273 digital audio recorder using with Dragon 2 2 68 Direct Editing commands USING haa cee Seo 104 Direct Editing commands definition 273 directories Dragon default 30 disambiguation formatting or editing multiple words 106 documents Opening 2 22 cece e cece e eee 208 selecting lines and paragraphs in 122 switching between 2 2 217 Don t recognize that word USING eeen E EE 256 DRA files definition 0000000000000000 270 dragging ligid AA 226 the mouse pointer 2 228 Dragon exiting ee eee ee 63 system requirements 18 42 Dragon Accuracy Center definition 270 Dragon Learning Center 43 45 71 USING LL 222 22 e eee cece eee cece ee eee 45 71 Dragon Sidebar 1 2 9 KA 74 Dragon Templates with Voice Fields definition 274 Dragon Voice Shortcuts definition a aaa acnrecandsdesscnaeepaeens 274 Desktop searches 216 email and calendar commands 158 Web searches ooo ence cede sec ceeuszezes 195 sh A eae AA AA ee 176 browser requirements
120. auto hide not available in Floating Say this What can say y Dragon Learning Center or Dragon Sidebar you can also precede this with Open Launch Start Show or Show Me y Sample Commands or Command list you can precede this with Open Launch Start Show or Show Me gt Switch to Learning Center Click My Commands Learning Center dock right Learning Center dock left Learning Center Font Small Medium Large Learning Center float or y Learning Center undock Learning Center auto hide Learning Center stop hiding Chapter 3 Getting Started Or do this Select Learning Center from the DragonBar s Help menu Select the MyCommands tab on the Learning Center Right click on the Learning Center and select Dock right Right click on the Learning Center and select Dock left Right click on the Learning Center and select Font Size gt Small Medium or Large Right click on the Learning Center and select Floating Right click on the Learning Center and select Auto hide Right click on the Learning Center and deselect Auto hide 47 48 Set the Learning Center to Always on Top Turn off Always on Top Increase the Learning Center width by 5 per cent Decrease the Learning Center width by 5 per cent Print Learning Center commands Show the Learning Center Help Close the Learning Center Say this W
121. available only in programs that support formatting Bold the specified text or a range of text Italicize the specified text or a range of text Underline the specified text or a range of text Capitalize the specified text of a range of text Chapter 11 Revising Text Bold lt text gt Bold from lt text gt to lt text gt Bold lt text gt through lt text gt Italicize lt text gt Italicize from lt text gt to lt text gt Italicize lt text gt through lt text gt Underline lt text gt Underline from lt text gt to lt text gt Underline lt text gt through lt text gt Capitalize lt text gt Capitalize from lt text gt to lt text gt Capitalize lt text gt through lt text gt 105 106 Dragon Installation and User Guide Editing text Use the commands in the following table to quickly revise text using Direct Editing Cut the specified text or a range of text Cut lt text gt Cut from lt text gt to stexb Cut lt text gt through lt text gt Note The Cut voice command is turned off by default to keep the word cut available for regular dictation To enable using Cut as a command change the Enable Cut shortcut command setting in the Options dialog box Commands tab and then Exit and Restart Dragon Copy the specified text or a range of text Copy lt text gt Copy from lt text gt to lt text gt Copy lt text gt through lt text gt Delete the specified text or a range of text D
122. begins click Next to proceed to the License Agreement page Read the text and select accept the terms then click Next Enter your User Name and Organization and the Serial Number supplied to your installation Optional When the Setup Type page appears click the Change button and choose where to install the product If no earlier versions of Dragon are installed on your system the default directory is C Program Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 21 Dragon Installation and User Guide For alist of directories created by installation see Version 13 File Structure 6 While you are still on the Setup Type page select Custom for the type of installation Custom Choose which program Features you want installed and where they will be installed Recommended For advanced users Note f you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify 7 Click Next and you see a tree where you can select any particular feature of the product and click the down arrow to its left to choose where when to install it m Install now on local hard drive m Install now with all subfeatures on local hard drive m Install when it is needed on a just in time basis These options are particularly useful for installing multiple languages and or multiple vocabularies Installing other languages dialects and specialized vocabular
123. cabularies that you have created and opened appear in the Profile menu on the Open Recent Vocabulary submenu You can quickly switch between Vocabularies by selecting the appropriate Vocabulary name from this submenu Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Adding a Vocabulary to a User Profile With Dragon Professional Legal and Medical editions you have the option of creating new Vocabularies and adding them to your existing User Profile to improve recognition accuracy This may be helpful if you use specialized terminology when you dictate into documents and e mails You can only have one Vocabulary open at a time Note Creating a Vocabulary can take from 5 to 30 minutes depending on the options you select the speed of your processor the amount of RAM in your system and the amount of e mail and data to be scanned Progress bars display the time remaining in this procedure If you include the E mail option it is best to create new Vocabularies only when you are not using your computer for other purposes To add a Vocabulary to a User Profile 1 Doone of the following m Say Manage Vocabularies or click Vocabulary gt Manage Vocabularies on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar m Say Switch to DragonBar then Profile then Add Vocabulary to Current User Profile or on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar click Profile 5 Add Vocabulary to Current User Profile Go to step 3 2 On the Manage Vocabularies dialog box c
124. cc cc eee ce cece eee ceeceeceeceeceee 173 Working with Microsoft Excel Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides a number of natural language commands to use with Microsoft Excel Using these commands you can avoid the multiple menu selection and mouse movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface Because the number of valid commands is so large you should just try saying what you want to do If you get unexpected results say Undo That to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command Alternatively you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Learning Center for more information You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document In addition the following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Microsoft Excel Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control Basic Microsoft Excel commands Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet Working with contents in Microsoft Excel Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control You can use Full Text Control commands and built in commands to enter and revise content and to navigate between cells in Microsoft Excel For a complete list of the commands you can use in Microsoft Excel use the Command Browser Dictation and Editing Modes There are two modes for using voice commands in Microsoft Excel The
125. ccuracy for general business and professional dictation The following specialized Vocabularies are also available m Legal Dragon Legal Edition A large Vocabulary providing excellent recognition accuracy for legal terms m Medical Dragon Medical Edition A set of specialized large medical Vocabularies providing excellent recognition accuracy for medical terms The Vocabulary names are General Cardiology Emergency Gastroenterology General Practice Medical Mental Health Neurology Obstetrics Gynecology Oncology Orthopedics Pathology Pediatrics Radiology and Surgery Advanced On the Review Your Choices screen of the New User Profile wizard you can click the Advanced button to display the Advanced Choose Models dialog box On this dialog box you can choose a different speech model and Vocabulary Type Dragon NaturallySpeaking automatically determines the best speech model and Vocabulary Type for your computer when you create a User Profile so you do not generally need to change these options 258 259 Dragon Installation and User Guide Speech model You can associate speech models with your Dragon Vocabulary depending on your accent and the type of computer you are using For alist of supported devices including handheld and Bluetooth microphones see the Hardware Compatibility list on the Nuance Web site Vocabulary Type If you click the Advanced button you can specify a different Vocabulary type from amo
126. ce and then Dragon NaturallyS peaking opens the link to the associated Web page Say Click and the text that appears when the mouse pointer moves over the image for example Click Dragon if Dragon is the text that appears Stop Loading Firefox and Internet Explorer only Go Back Firefox and Internet Explorer only Go Forward Firefox and Internet Explorer only Go Home Firefox and Internet Explorer only Open this in a new window Firefox and Internet Explorer only Open this in a background tab Firefox and Internet Explorer only Open this in a new tab Activate the Favorites and RSS icon in IE9 10 and 11 Using tabs Ke Open a new tab Close the tab Go to the next tab Go to the previous tab Go to the first tab These commands don t work in Firefox They work in Chrome and Internet Explorer only Go to the last tab These commands don t work in Firefox They work in Chrome and Internet Explorer only Go to the nth tab These commands don t work in Firefox They work in Chrome and Internet Explorer only Bookmark all open tabs Clicking page elements and entering text Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Click Favorites Firefox and Internet Explorer only Add a New Tab Open a New Tab Create a New Tab or press control t Close This Tab or press control w Go to the Next Tab Switch to the Next Tab Move to the Next Tab
127. ce cece cece cece cece cece cece cee cece cece cece ee ceeeeeeeeteeeeeees 126 Formatting 2229 23 532s teeth ees DINUGO NANA ADAN esate ate eet ats NG a NA 128 FOUN OK acs NA NA eps Sn ee ee ane ee et ee aot et 128 Formatting numbers 2 c cece eee c cece cece cece eee c ccc oara arraina 130 Setting font name size and style 1 0 0 e cece eee c eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 131 NA PAR AA 131 Adding new lines and paragraphs 2222 0 0 0 0 cece cece oaa aaaea cece cece ec eececceeeeeeeees 132 Hyphenating words 2 22 eee c cece cece cece e cece cece cece cece te oaoaraa rrarena 132 JOINING words 2 e cece eee cece cece cece cece EE AA AEn aoea naana 132 Setting Auto Formatting Options eee ec cece c cece ccc c eee e cece cece cceceeeeeeeeees 133 Creating Word Properties 0 c cece cece cece cece e cee cece cece eecceeeeeeeeeeees 133 Chapter 13 Working in Programs 0 0 0 0 0 20 2 ccc cece eee cece ccc ec eee ceeeeececeeceeeeeees 138 Scrolling in popular programs 2 2 cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ceceeeeeeeeeees 139 Using the ribbon interface in Microsoft applications 22222 c cece cece eeeeeeeeeees 140 About spoken commands in word processing programs 00 cece ee ees 142 About spoken commands in word processing programs e eee eece cece ceccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 142 Dictating in your word proceSSor
128. ce cece eee cece E EENE EE EE 14 Enhancing Accuracy 22 2 eee eee cece cece cece cece cece cece ee ccc ecceececeeccececeeeeeeeeees 14 Compatibility Alerts aaa 14 New DragonBan ido USA Na Napa led os det Agana UNG Aad cole EGG EEE Sade ves eds 15 Learning Center cc cee cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeteceeteeereeees 15 Interactive Tutorial enhancements 00000200 ccc e cece ccc cece ee eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 Shorter Profile Creation Process cece cece cece cece cece ce eeccceccceccccceeeee 15 Simplified Audio Setup 034 ni descend eee LING NANG UAA neh DILG LG GBLADLRILGLEGDLA ti edepicraciecebetecws 16 Open ended custom commands Professional and Legal editions only 16 Always replaces Ask Me as the default for deferred correction Professional and Legal editions only 16 Operating System support e cece cece cece ccccccccececccececccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 16 Chapter 2 Installing Dragon 2 22 cece cece ccc ecceceeceeceeceeceecceeceees 17 Installation and User Profile Creation 0 000000 c cece cece ccc cc cece cece cece ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Dragon system requirements 1 2 0 2 aaa 18 What you should know before installing o cece cece cece ce cece cece cece cee eeeteeeenees 18 Installing Dragon to a custom location ecco ccc cece ce cee cece ee eeeeeeeee
129. ce cece eee cece eee 170 Setting up a spreadsheet cece cece ccc ccc cece cece cece cece eee eeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeees 171 Viewing the spreadsheet e cece ccc ccc cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 171 AA shes 171 Moving around a spreadsheet e cece cece ee eeeeeeeceeceseeeeeees 171 Switching between open spreadsheets cece eee cece cece cece adaa ad raionar ronnan 172 Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet cece cece cece cece ce cece cece ccc ececeeeeeeees 173 Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel c cece e cece cece cece eee ceceeeees 173 Chapter 14 Working with Web applications 0 0 02 2 Q cece eee ec eee eecee eee 176 About the Dragon Web Extension 0 00 eee eee cece eee aaran nanaonan nann 176 Browser requirements for the Dragon Web Extension 00000 ee cece eee e eee eeeeee 176 Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension c cece cece cece cece cece ccc eeeeeees 177 How to tell if the Dragon Web Extension is Enabled 0000 0000 c eee e cece cece 182 Using Web based Email 22 0 e cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eeceeeeeeeeees 183 Editing text in a supported Web application cece cece ec eeccccccceeeeccceceeecececceceeeees 186 Using Dragon s Web capabilities without the Dragon Web Extension
130. ch text format RTF 95 96 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 10 Making Corrections This section contains the following topics Correcting dictation Workflow 2 2 02 0 20 96 Correcting text quick reference 2 2 0 2 cece cece eee cece ccc ec cee ceeeeeceeceeceeees 100 Choosing the correct text 101 Correcting misrecognized commands 0 2 2 20 2 ecc cece cee oaa aiaa 102 Correcting dictation workflow There are anumber of ways you can correct the misrecognitions in a document The following techniques describe the most basic methods You can combine these techniques in any manner that suits your working style Click here for Dragon s Top 5s Correcting text Correcting using the Correction menu easiest To correct text using the Correction menu 1 Do any of the following Say Correct that after the last thing you dictated Say Correct lt xyz gt or Select lt xyz gt to have Dragon select any editable text in the current document or e mail message Say Correct lt abc gt through lt xyz gt to have Dragon select any editable range of text in the current document or e mail message Press the correction hot key normally the Minus key on the numeric keypad Chapter 10 Making Corrections The Correction menu opens Ice cream select ice cream 6 Correction Menu Say Choose followed by a number Choose 1 Iscream Choose 2 Iscreamed Choose
131. clicking the Help button Modifying formatting options for all users If you chose to modify formatting options on the Custom Setup page during a custom installation the Auto Formatting dialog box opens after the installation completes Note If you did not do a custom installation and you want to view or change the Auto Formatting options launch Dragon open a user profile and select Auto Formatting Options from the Tools menu on the DragonBar The Auto Formatting dialog box appears as shown below Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Automatically format text Web and e mail addresses V Units of measure V Street addresses F ISO currency codes V Abbreviate titles V Phone numbers V Dates V Prices Dates As Spoken v V Times E Common abbreviations F UK and Canadian postcodes E Expand contractions V Other numbers V Prefer 5 million over 5 000 000 T US Social Security Numbers Numbers if greater than or equal to F Automatically add commas and periods E Insert two spaces after period V Allow pauses in formatted phrases E Caps Lock key overrides capitalization commands For details about these options click the Help button on this dialog box or see the Help topic The Auto Formatting dialog box Creating your user profile Each person who uses Dragon must have his or her own user profile Your user profile stores acoustic information about your voice that Dragon uses to recognize what y
132. corresponds to an Auto formatting option or supported by this feature Dragon then displays a Smart Format Rules dialog box offering one or more setting adjustments relevant to the change you just made If you don t wish to change any setting you Can just ignore the Smart Format Rules box and continue dictating or say Cancel to dismiss the box The Smart Format Rules box may appear whether you make a correction using m the Spelling window or m the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules the Auto formatting dialog box and Creating Word Properties Notes a Ifyou select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added by Dragon automatically the list of alternatives in the Correction menu will include one without that punctuation m When you use the Correction menu with a selection of more than 70 characters Dragon selects only the first sentence for correction m The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center m When you use the select or correct command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen Dragon selects the entire hyphenation For example in the hyphenated word brother in law if you say correct brother because you only need to change that Dragon selects brother in law 99 100 Dragon Installation and User Guide Correcti
133. creens Choose options m Scan e mail m Add contacts to Vocabulary m Train words a Adapt to Writing Style m Report 254 255 Dragon Installation and User Guide Adding contact names to the Vocabulary The Learn From Sent E mails tool lets you add the names of people to whom you have sent e mail to your Dragon NaturallySpeaking Vocabulary Using this tool you can edit and train the names you add You can also have Dragon NaturallySpeaking analyze the contents of your sent e mail to adapt the language model to more accurately recognize your writing style Dragon NaturallySpeaking supports adding contacts in the following e mail programs Microsoft Outlook a Windows Live Mail m Lotus Notes m Gmail and other Web based email To add contact names from your sent e mail to your Vocabulary 1 Start the Learn From Sent E mails tool from the Vocabulary menu of the DragonBar 2 On the first screen of the Learn From Sent E mails wizard click Next 3 On the Choose Options screen select the e mail programs from which you would like to add contact names and select the Add contact names from e mail to the Vocabulary box 4 Optionally you can select the Improve my profile from my e mail writing style if you want Dragon NaturallySpeaking to better understand your Vocabulary and word usage by analyzing your e mail messages You can also choose whether the tool should scan all sent emails or just the emails sent since its last scan
134. ctate afew paragraphs You can dictate without looking knowing that everything will be transposed as text and no commands except for Dictation commands will be executed You can also dictate sentences that contain words that Dragon normally interprets as commands such as I really liked your novel No scratch that loved your novell Dragon NaturallySpeaking should transcribe the words as text and not execute commands as it normally would as Command Mode or commands In Command Mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking interprets everything you say as a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text This can be helpful when formatting an existing document 1 Say Start Command Mode or Command Mode On Command Mode appears in the status box of the DragonBar 2 Use commands to format a document For example to capitalize the last five words you dictated say Capitalize the Last Five Words For more examples see Formatting text in Microsoft Word or Formatting text in Corel WordPerfect in the Dragon Help Numbers Mode 23 o ERE To insert numeric characters By default when you say a number that is lower than 10 Dragon transcribes it as a word unless you say the dictation command numeral before it In Numbers Mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking interprets almost all of your dictation as numbers This is useful if you need to enter numeric data in a table or in spreadsheets 1 Say Start Numbers Mode or Numbers Mode On
135. ctating numbers Auto formatting US social security numbers Turns on automatic formatting of U S Social Security Numbers when you speak a sequence of 9 numbers For example if you say 123456789 Dragon NaturallySpeaking enters 123 45 6789 Auto formatting using Word Properties Use Word Properties to customize how Dragon enters words or phrases as you dictate them Word Properties can add custom spacing before and after next word capitalization settings for numbers before and after or apply alternate written forms such as abbreviations To add or edit Word Properties see Creating Word Properties Note a Ifyou make a correction that corresponds to an auto formatting option and a word property Dragon displays only the smart format rule prompt for the word property Adjusting Speed vs Accuracy You can increase product speed or alternatively increase recognition accuracy by using the Speed vs Accuracy slider The Speed vs Accuracy slider lets you control the number of words and phrases that the program examines in order to find a word match The more words examined the greater the possibility of an accurate match at the expense of using more memory and taking a longer time to recognize your speech Moving the slider can influence the performance of Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragging the slider toward accuracy sometimes increases the accuracy of the matches at the expense of additional time in transcribing your dictatio
136. d Outlook Excel PowerPoint and InfoPath To Say Start automatic upward scrolling Start Scrolling Up Start automatic downward scrolling Start Scrolling Down Stop automatic scrolling Stop Scrolling Increase the speed of automatic scrolling Reduce the speed of automatic scrolling Scroll Faster Scroll Slower Move the visible page up one line Scroll Up Move the visible page down one line Scroll Down Move up one line in the text Move down one line in the text Move the page up by a screen Move the page down by a screen For more information on how these commands work in individual programs please see the following Scrolling in windows and lists Web browser commands Basic document commands in Microsoft Word Using other Microsoft Outlook commands Basic commands for Microsoft Excel Chapter 13 Working in Programs Using the ribbon interface in Microsoft applications Dragon supports the ribbon menu interface of Microsoft Office 2010 and Microsoft Office 2013 Both 32 bit and 64 bit versions of Microsoft Office are supported The ribbon presents application features organized into a set of tabs including a Home tab and a View tab The tabs display the controls that are most relevant for each of the task areas in the application such as changing the font or zooming in Using the Office ribbon To minimize the ribbon by voice you can say Minimize the ribbon or Collapse ribbon
137. d and compound words Dictating acronyms and abbreviations Dictating a bulleted list Replacing what you last dictated Undoing actions You can reverse the result of a command or dictation in the following ways To undo most actions Say Undo That Undo Last Action or just Undo Example To undo the command Italicize That say Undo That To undo dictation Say Scratch That Example To remove text just after you dictated it say Scratch That Notes m You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document a The Undo That and Undo Last Action commands send an undo CTRL z command to the active program The result of the command depends on which program is active and how it handles the undo command For example if you say Undo That twice in a row in the DragonPad window the second Undo reverses the first command and restores the original dictation Other programs may behave differently m The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center Chapter 7 Dictating Text Correcting text errors as you dictate Use the procedures in this topic if you notice that Dragon misrecognizes a word or words while you are dictating When you correct errors Dragon NaturallySpeaking
138. d appears in the list select the command you are looking for expanding it with the Optional Ellipsis or Refine buttons if necessary 8 Doone of the following m Say or click Train and follow the directions on the Train Words dialog box that appears Or a Say or click Train Later Dragon adds the command to the Train List Open it to train the commands you stored there If you have untrained commands in the Train List when you close the Command Browser Dragon offers you the choice to train them before you exit Notes m When you train words or phrases be careful to speak in your normal voice Avoid the natural tendency to over enunciate when speaking single words or short phrases as it could actually reduce recognition accuracy m When you train a command using the Train Words dialog box you add to the acoustic data stored for later use by the Acoustic Optimizer This data including your pronunciation and the acoustic differences between the trained correction and the misrecognized word or phrase are used by the Acoustic Optimizer to enhance recognition accuracy Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Training individual words and phrases If Dragon NaturallySpeaking is not recognizing certain words or phrases and you have tried correcting the misrecognition at least twice then you should consider training that word or phrase to teach Dragon NaturallySpeaking exactly how you pronounce it The following procedures
139. de a table nothing happens because you cannot insert a table inside a table m When creating a new document always give the document a name before starting your dictation Dictating in your word processor If you are dictating in a word processor there are some things you can do to make Dragon NaturallySpeaking work more efficiently Donot run other programs when you are running your word processor m Disable your word processor s automatic spelling and grammar checker Turning these options off frees memory for speech recognition When you have finished 142 143 Dragon Installation and User Guide dictating you can run the grammar checker Dragon NaturallySpeaking does not make spelling errors m Disable any automatic correction or other automatic features such as automatic formatting if they are not necessary Turning these options off frees memory for speech recognition m Divide large documents into multiple smaller documents Large documents cause Dragon NaturallySpeaking to work more slowly The maximum document size you should have depends on your system and its resources m You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document Caution When text is selected be careful not to breathe loudly clear your throat or make other sounds Dragon NaturallySpeaking may interpret such sounds as speech and replace the selection with new te
140. ds 22 220 199 Lili soesoenan 144 152 Internet Explorer commands 199 basic document commands 144 Mozilla Firefox commands 199 commands for 144 152 searching ooo 195 formatting text 152 searching by voice 195 scrollingin nananana 189 switching between frames 199 selecting textin 152 Web application support definition 278 Working With Laan 144 web basics 43 word categories web browsers adding ee eee eaea 251 installing the Dragon Web Extension 177 word PrOCeSSOFS an 142 requirements for the Dragon Web tips for using 142 EXtENS ON ccc caseescssacstsasitaxtaa 176 Word Properties windows Creating naaabala GANA naaa aaa sA 133 navigating between 212 Word Properties definition 278 switching between open programs words 19 120 121 132 250 251 253 and windows 2 217 adding to the Vocabulary 251 Windows adding with the Spelling window 253 Controlling otoiiueicie ce eusegasieeeden 210 alternate written forms Desktop commands 210 creating 133 MOVING AA 215 correcting and editing multiple open special folders 211 matches 106 resizing and closing 214 deleting from the Vocabulary 256 scrolling in by voice
141. dvanced Scripting methods to control the states within structured commands or to set the initial state from a non structured command You can also create structured commands that prompt the user to select values from a predefined list Structured Commands are available only in Dragon Professional Legal and Medical editions The Dragon Glossary Text Control Indicator definition The check mark icon iv on the Classic DragonBar or the circle icon Gi on the New DragonBar The Text Control Indicator changes color to show the level of dictation support in your current application The Text Control Indicator is green M or O when all of Dragon s selection and dictation capabilities are supported and gray or disable or when the insertion point is in a window that has less support for dictation User Profile definition A User Profile is a set of files that store the following information m Audio system settings selected by the Check Microphone wizard m Acoustic information about your voice gathered during initial product training ongoing usage and when you train specific words m Ongoing adaptations to your Vocabulary words and word usage as you use Dragon and from analysis of your writing style Your settings in the Options dialog box m Any custom voice commands Utterance definition Dictation or commands Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes between pauses in your speech Vocabulary definition Contains all of the wo
142. e Select lt text gt Through lt text gt Note Outside the USA or Canada say Select lt fext gt To lt text gt Select from lt text gt to lt text gt Correct That Correct lt text gt where lt text gt is the word or phrase you want to change Correct lt text gt To lt text gt Correct from lt text gt to lt text gt Correct lt text gt Through lt text gt 111 112 Dragon Installation and User Guide Say Note Outside the USA or Canada say Select lt text gt To lt text gt Correct text once you have selected Correct That it OR The words you want to replace the selection Back up and resume dictating Resume With sword where sword is the word you want Dragon to resume with Then dictate the revised text Move the cursor back to its last Pause briefly during dictation and say Go Back See position in documents and e mail Using Go Back to move the cursor messages indicates a Direct Editing command You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box The commands that quote text from the screen select lt xyz gt correct lt xyz gt insert after lt xyz gt work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control This functionality depends on Dragon s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content for instance in order to know where words and sentences begin and end s
143. e over it To keep the New DragonBar at its expanded size deselect the Auto collapse option from the DragonBar menu Microphone icon The microphone icon displays on the New DragonBar and Classic DragonBar and in the Windows taskbar Click the microphone icon to turn the microphone on and off The following table shows the microphone states you ll see Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar New Classic DragonBar DragonBar What you can do The microphone is on and Dragon is listening Dictate or say commands as needed When you are finished or want to pause from dictating Say Go to Sleep or click the forward slash key to put the microphone to sleep p Say Microphone Off or click the plus key to turn off voice recognition The microphone is on and Dragon is ready to act on anything you dictate The microphone is asleep and Dragon is listening to anything except the commands that wake it up When you want to resume dictating Say Wake Up or click the plus key to resume voice recognition The microphone is turned off When you want to resume dictating do one of the following Press the plus key on the numeric keypad Click the microphone button on the DragonBar Click the microphone icon in the Windows taskbar No User Profile is loaded and the microphone is off To load a User Profile select the Profile menu on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar See C
144. e selected 131 132 Dragon Installation and User Guide To Say Center text Center That or Format That Centered Left align text Left Align That or Format That Left Aligned Right align text Right Align That or Format That Right Aligned Adding new lines and paragraphs While you are dictating you can use the following commands to duplicate the action of pressing the Enter key once to add a new line or twice to add a new paragraph To EW Add a new paragraph New Paragraph Note Saying New Paragraph presses the Enter key twice and capitalizes the next word you dictate Hyphenating words Dragon NaturallySpeaking automatically hyphenates words based on standard usage but you can also insert hyphens manually To hyphenate words Say Hyphenate That to hyphenate the last phrase you said You can also select specific words and say Hyphenate That Spaces between words are replaced with hyphens Any tabs or line breaks are also replaced Note You can hyphenate words as you dictate by saying hyphen between words For more information see Dictating hyphenated and compound words in the Dragon Help Joining words Dragon NaturallySpeaking automatically joins words based on standard usage but you can also join words manually To join words Say Compound That to join the last words you said Or select specific words and say Compound That Spaces between words are removed An
145. e size and style You can use commands to specify any combination of font name size and style in that order These commands change selected text and text you dictate from then on To set a font name size or style Say Set Size or Set Font Size or Format That and the font name size and or style Examples Set Font Times Set Font Size 12 Points Format That Courier 18 Points Bold Format That Arial 12 Points To remove font formatting To remove bold italics underline and strikeout formatting say Format That Plain Text Notes m You can specify any combination of font name size and style but you must specify attributes in that order name size style If you specify only a size you must say Points For example say Format That 12 Points m Notall of these commands work in all applications These commands do work in Microsoft Word Microsoft InfoPath Corel WordPerfect DragonPad and WordPad Check the Command Browser for additional application specific commands Commands that start with Set Font change selected text and text you dictate from then on Commands that start with Format That change the selected text or what you just said m You can specify any combination of font name size and style but you must specify attributes in this order name then size then style Aligning text You can align text while you are dictating it or while you are editing existing text that you hav
146. e and writing style m Another tool called the Learn From Sent E mails tool can add the names of your e mail contacts and analyze the language and style of your sent e mail There s more This is just a short description of how Dragon NaturallySpeaking can help you get more from your computer through speech recognition As you look through additional topics in the Help you will learn in greater detail how to better use the power of speech recognition with Dragon NaturallySpeaking Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking The first time you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking you will be prompted to activate your copy of the program If you do not activate the program you will be able to start Dragon NaturallySpeaking several times Without activation when you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking for the sixth time it will no longer open and you won t be able to use the program until you activate it Nuance strongly recommends that you activate automatically To automatically activate Dragon NaturallyS peaking 1 Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking This displays the Activation dialog box 2 Click Activate Now This displays the Activation Screen You can also choose Activate Later which will prompt you to activate each time you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking If you start the program five times without activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking will be disabled 41 42 Dragon Installation and User Guide 3 Click Activate Automatically This a
147. e cece e cence eee e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeenenees 252 Importing lists of words or phrases e cece eee nananana anrr aan 253 Adding words with the Spelling window 1 20 2 2 22 cee cece cece cece eee cc cece cece cceecececeeeees 253 Learn From Sent E mails 22 2 2 2222 2 c cece cece ce cece cece ccc ceeeececeeeccceeeteeeeeeeseees 254 Adding contact names to the Vocabulary oe eee cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 255 Deleting words 222 2 0000000000000000 10000A a AAAA IAA AAE EDE EEDE oaoa n areae 256 Using the Don t Recognize That Word Command 02 e cece cece e cece cece cece cece eeeeeeees 256 Managing Vocabularies 2222 0 0 aaa 0 aa oaaae aoaaa aaora annarri nann 258 About Vocabularies 2 2 2 2 0 e cece cece eeeeeceeeenecneecceceeccucceceaceececceeeeceeeeeceeeueeee 258 Opening Vocabularies 22222 cece ccc cece eee e eee cece cece cece eee eee aa oaaao naonana 259 Adding a Vocabulary to a User Profile 2 e cece cece cece cece ce cceceeeeeeeees 260 Deleting Vocabularies 00000000010 a0 aa 0a ea oaa aa ea aaora orra r nanan 261 Renaming Vocabularies 000001 ariani ondrat cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 Importing Vocabularies e cece cece cece a Aa aa aaan annaa nan 261 Exporting Vocabularies e cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeceeeeees 262 Chapter 19 Using the C
148. e cece eee ec cece adda aaao adara aaraa 252 Importing lists of words or phrases eee eee eee eee eee e cence cee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 253 Adding words with the Spelling window 0 20 22 0 2 c cece cece ccc ec cece eee eccecceeceeeeeceeee 253 Learn From Sent E mails ua 254 Adding contact names to the Vocabulary 0 0 2 2 cece cece eee cece ec ceceecceceeeceeeeee 255 Deleting words ccc ce eee e cece eee e cee cc cece ce ceceeececeeececeeeeseeceeeeeerseeeeess 256 Using the Don t Recognize That Word Command 20 2 0 22 0c eee ce eee eeeeeceeeeeees 256 About personalizing your Vocabulary You can personalize the Vocabulary to more closely match your writing style and to recognize any special words which you dictate You can do this in several ways by adding words or phrases or lists of them or by having Dragon analyze documents that reflect what you write and by using Smart Format Rules Dragon can update the Vocabulary to reflect your usage of words and phrases this improves the likelihood that it will correctly transcribe what you Say in the future You can use the following methods to add or delete entries in the Vocabulary Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary Learning from specific documents Importing lists of words or phrases Adding words by spelling Deleting words Using the Don t Recognize That Word Command Notes m You are not required to train new words becau
149. e commands to move around by paragraphs Then say Then say a Paragraph Back lt 1 20 gt Paragraphs Down Forward Examples Move Up a Paragraph Move Forward 8 Paragraphs Notes m These commands deselect any text that is selected a Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad on which the Chapter 12 Moving around in a document word processing features of Dragon NaturallySpeaking are based For example in Windows Notepad the paragraph commands don t work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel these commands only work in the toolbar edit field Moving to specific words You can move the insertion point before or after a particular word or phrase To move the insertion point to a specific word Say Insert Before lt text gt or Insert After lt text gt where lt text gt is a word or phrase in the document To Say for example Move the insertion point before the word John Insert Before John Move the insertion point after the phrase Dear Sir Insert After Dear Sir Notes m These commands deselect any text that is selected m Donot pause anywhere in the middle of saying these commands including the text For example Insert Before Dear Sir is all one command Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line You can use these commands to m
150. e file with the extension TOP Dragon NaturallySpeaking then imports all six files that together make up a Vocabulary m You may want to keep a master copy of an imported Vocabulary and create a copy of it to work with Vocabularies can be shared only by exporting and importing them using the procedures described here It is not possible to share Vocabularies by copying Vocabulary folders from one Profile to another Creating and personalizing a Vocabulary with documents you choose as representative of your writing style may be more effective than using a Vocabulary created by someone else m Ifyou create a Profile on a dual core machine that uses a custom vocabulary make sure that the Profile uses the BestMatch V speech model BestMatch V has the greatest recognition accuracy on dual core systems with more than 2 GB of RAM To check this select the Advanced button on the Creating a User Profile screen of the New User Profile wizard and make sure that BestMatch V is selected Exporting Vocabularies You can share Vocabularies among different User Profiles by first exporting a Vocabulary from one User Profile and then importing it to a new User Profile Use the following procedure to export a Vocabulary To export a Vocabulary 1 Create a folder in which to save the exported Vocabulary files this step is optional 2 Open the User Profile and the Vocabulary s you want to export as follows i Click Profile gt Open User Profil
151. e of a number of text matches Note The Cut voice command is turned off by default to keep the word cut available for regular dictation To enable using Cut as a command change the Enable Cut shortcut command setting in the Options dialog box Commands tab and then Exit and Restart Dragon Copy lt xyz gt Select lt xyz gt OR Select lt abc gt through lt xyz gt Correct lt xyz gt OR Correct lt abc gt through lt xyz gt Copy one of the text matches Select one of the matches of selected text Use the Correction menu to change one or more text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to copy only the third instance of a number of text matches Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to select only the third instance of a number of text matches You must then choose one of the numbered text matches Notes e Depending on how Dragon s Correction Options are set Dragon displays either the Correction menu or the Spelling window when you use the Select command Changes to multiple text matches do not work from the Spelling window e Replacing all instances of text matches does not work with the Select command Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to correct only the third instance of a number of text matches OR Choose all to correct all text matches Dragon displays Notes
152. e on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 262 263 6 Dragon Installation and User Guide ii Select the User Profile you want to export and click Open Say Manage Vocabularies or click Vocabulary gt Manage Vocabularies on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar On the Manage Vocabularies dialog box select the Vocabulary you want to export and then click or say Export Locate and open the folder where you want to save the file and then click or say Save Dragon gives Vocabulary files the extension Top Click or say Close on the Manage Vocabularies dialog box to close it Notes a Vocabularies can be shared only by exporting and importing them It is not possible to share them by copying Vocabulary folders from one User Profile to another m When the Vocabulary is imported it can be renamed Exporting a Vocabulary creates a copy of the six files that make up the Vocabulary in the new location All six files have the same name but different extensions When importing a Vocabulary select only the Vocabulary file with the extension TOP Chapter 19 Using the Command Browser Chapter 19 Using the Command Browser This section contains the following topics About the Command Browser u 0000000000000000 00000000002022 22222 264 Opening the Command Browser 2 220 202 cece eee ec ccc eecceceeceeceeceeceeeee 265 Finding commands in the Command Browser 2 22 20 ceceec
153. e side of your mouth m Confirm that the front of the microphone points toward your mouth The front may be indicated by a colored dot the word Talk or some other label m Position the headset consistently every time you use it To position a handheld microphone or recorder m Point the microphone element to the side of or below your mouth to avoid noise from breathing Do not hold the microphone directly in front of your mouth m Hold the microphone in a comfortable position Make sure not to hold it in an awkward tiring position m Make sure that the microphone element is about 1 to 3 inches away from your mouth You should keep the microphone distance in this range but you don t have to always keep the microphone at exactly the same distance m Hold the microphone so that the front points toward your mouth Don t talk into the side of the microphone lt right header here gt 69 Hold the microphone consistently every time you use it Be careful not to move the microphone or your head suddenly Donotusea microphone stand or holder because it will be harder to keep a consistent position and the stand may conduct noise 71 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 6 Using the Dragon Learning Center This section contains the following topics Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center The Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center Use the Learning Cente
154. earch news events for lt dictation gt Search products shops for lt dictation gt Search maps places for lt dictation gt Remember to say the Optionally Dragon NaturallySpeaking words without pausing displays your search string so that you Also you can leave out can edit the keywords if necessary punctuation and Dragon Dragon NaturallySpeaking searches adds it for you For the Web as requested using your example say default browser and search engine Search Google for 87 divided by 12 Search the Web for 11 o clock am November 11 1945 Dragon displays the search terms as 11 00 AM November 11 1945 Search the Web for 57 Eurosin US dollars Search the Web for Winston Churchill 198 199 Dragon Installation and User Guide Search type Example commands What happens Directly Open top Open top Web site for Optionally Dragon NaturallySpeaking open the Web site on University of Kansas displays your search string so that you top ranked about for You can also substitute can edit the keywords if necessary Web for your lt specific Web site site the Web page or site for Dragon NaturallySpeaking opens your default Web browser and displays the search topic or Web top ranked page for the phrase term site gt University of Kansas Note The Find a Web site on about for the lt specific topic or Web site gt command has been removed from V
155. earching your Desktop by voice 2 2 eee cece aaora cece ee eeceececeeeeceeeeees 216 Switching between programs and windows 2 0 2 2 e cece cece airaa raaraa 217 Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard 0 0 0 0 2 c cece eee e eee e cece eee 222 Controlling the keyboard cece cece e cece cece eeeeeeeeceeecccsceeeeeees 222 Moving the mouse pointer _ 0 0002 c occ ee cece cece eee oaa aaraa oaran ronnen 224 Move COMMANRAS 22 a a Sete on ales Sie es ot a Stein ob eas onsets Adan oases lat 224 Optional Move commands 0 eee cece cece cece cece ececceeceececceuceceeeecceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 Stopping mouse movement 2 2 22 e cece cece cece cece ceteeeteceeeeeees 225 Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid 0c ee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeee 225 Clicking and dragging the mouse 222 cece cece andana anadir aorar rarnana 226 Clicking the mouse e cece ccc eee eee e eee ee cece cecceececeeeeeeeeeenees 227 Dragging the MOUSE 222 cece cece cece cece cece cece eee c cee ce cee ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 227 Stopping mouse movement 2 2 2 e cece cece cece cece ce eeeeteeeeeeeees 228 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy 22 2 2 00 20 20 2 2 cece e ee ec cece ec eee eee 230 Top 10 ways to improve accuracy oo cece cece cece cece cece ceecee ce aaraa rnanan annann 230 Using Smart Format Rules ccc c
156. ecause the computer can t hear speech when it s playing back dictation m Playback is available for documents dictated with Microsoft Word Corel WordPerfect and DragonPad only until you close a document After you close a document Dragon NaturallySpeaking deletes the recorded dictation for that document m The Show Extras Bar voice commands toggle the state of the Extras toolbar In other words if you use this command to show the Extras toolbar saying the command again hides the Extras toolbar The Text Control Indicator The New DragonBar and Classic DragonBar both include a Text Control Indicator to show whether Dragon has Full Text Control for the selected text field Full Text Control includes Dragon applying spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences as well as executing commands that quote text from your document select lt xyz gt correct lt xyz gt insert after lt xyz gt etc This functionality depends on Dragon s ability to constantly obtain from the text field information about its content for instance where words and sentences begin and end The Text Control Indicator is green as shown when the cursor is in a field for which Dragon has Full Text Control Most standard text fields allow Full Text Control New DragonBar Classic DragonBar Now listening for Dictation amp Commands X When Dragon doesn t have Full Text Control the Indicator turns gray as shown
157. ece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeececeececeeeeeees 232 Adjusting Speed vs Accuracy eee cece cee cece ccc e cece cece cc cece cece cee ceececeeceeeeeeeees 238 The Dragon Accuracy Center 2 240 Using the Accuracy Center 00000002222 c cece cece cece ccc ce cece cece cece ccc ceeeecceeeeeeeeeeees 240 Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer 2 222 022 eee eee cece cece ee eee eee 240 Recognition Modes 1 0 2 2 2 22 cece cece cece cece ce cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ce eeeeteeeseeeees 243 Using Recognition Modes 0 00 e cece cece cece eeeeeeceeececceseeeeeees 243 Switching recognition modes 2 0 e cece adoa cece ccc ceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 245 Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better 247 Training misrecognized commands 20 e cece cece ee aanrand annann nann 247 Training individual words and phrases 0 0 eee eee eee cece cece eee eee ee eeeeeeneeeeeaaes 248 Contents Supplemental training 0000 eee eee ee cece eee cece ee eeeeeeeeceececescccceeeees 249 Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary 0 e cece eeeeeeeeeees 250 About personalizing your Vocabulary 2222222 e cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ceeeeeeeeeeees 250 Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary 000 eee cece e cece ee eeeeeeeeeees 251 Learning from specific documents 00 0 0 cece cece cece eee e
158. eceeceeeees 195 Web browser commands 0 220 202 2 0 2 e cece ccc ec cece ec cecceceeceecceccecceccesceeceees 199 Internet Explorer commands 2 20 2200220c cece ceccceccceccceecceceeeseee 204 Working with a Web browser Dragon NaturallySpeaking includes many commands designed to enable you to surf the Web by voice in Microsoft Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox and Google Chrome When you open the browser and a valid user profile is loaded a prompt appears the first time you open the browser after Dragon installation providing information on installing the Dragon web extension The Dragon Web Extension allows you to use Full Text Control for dictation in browsers and web applications and to click page elements such as buttons and links by voice If you do not install and enable the Dragon Web Extension you cannot click page elements by voice In addition Full Text Control is not available for dictation in the browsers and Web applications Without the Dragon web extension you ll need to click Web page elements using your mouse and keyboard and dictate content using the Dictation Box Important Please keep in mind that Dragon s capabilities differ among Web browsers both in terms of commands and in terms of text control Note in particular For Chrome Dragon has no commands such as go to Address bar go home refresh page etc However remember that you can take advantage of Dragon s
159. ecorder includes wav mp3 wma dss ds2 Select this option if you ll be dictating from a digital recorder You can only use unencrypted dss or ds2 files when creating a Profile with a recorder Notes Ifyou switch between microphones you must rerun the audio check m Some editions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking allow you to have multiple audio sources in a profile so you can benefit from ongoing personalization of your profile no matter which of your devices you re using For example with the same profile you can dictate with a digital recorder if your edition of Dragon supports transcription of recordings a regular headset microphone or a wireless microphone For more information see Position your microphone properly Use this screen to help you position your microphone for optimal speech recognition Positioning the microphone correctly is one of the most important things you can do to enhance recognition accuracy If the microphone moves even slightly away from the optimal position your recognition accuracy may significantly deteriorate Use the pictures and descriptions on the wizard screen and in this topic as guides for microphone positioning To position a headset microphone m Adjust the headset so that it fits comfortably m Move the microphone element to the side of your mouth to avoid noise from breathing m Make sure that the microphone element is close to your mouth but not touching it about an inch from th
160. eececeececeececeececseeeeees 84 Dictation Basics Dictate to Dragon NaturallySpeaking much as you would dictate to a person transcribing your dictation By default you must explicitly say most punctuation and capitalization other than for proper names or at the beginning of a sentence You can have Dragon NaturallySpeaking automatically insert commas and periods in most situations by selecting the Automatically add commas and periods box on the Auto formatting dialog box For more information see Dictating punctuation and symbols and Dictation commands Click here for Dragon s Top 5s Dictation The following table describes some basic dictation commands To start dictating just say whatever you want to say speaking normally in phrases Then To Say Start a new paragraph press the Enter key New Paragraph twice Enter punctuation marks suchas The name of the punctuation mark such as exclamation point Dictate symbols or special characters such The standard name of the symbol such as registered as sign Complete listing of dictation commands 77 78 Dragon Installation and User Guide Click on the following links for more information about common dictation tasks Dictating e mail and Web addresses Undoing actions Moving the cursor Working in Programs on page 138 In the Dragon Help see Dictating in programs Dictating punctuation and symbols Dictating proper and place names Dictating hyphenate
161. eeceeeeeeeees 266 Training commands in the Command Browser About the Command Browser The Command Browser is a window where you can locate voice commands that Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes including commands that are provided with the software as well as any commands that you or your system administrator might have added custom commands The Command Browser is the most comprehensive place to see the commands that are available in each application You use the Command Browser to m View and train commands m Create and modify commands Import and Export commands m Change the availability of custom commands Some commands are not available in Dragon Premium and lower editions Command Browser modes Browse Browse mode allows you to search for a specific command For more information see the topic Finding commands in the Command Browser Script Script mode allows you to create new commands and select commands to delete edit copy or preview 264 265 Dragon Installation and User Guide Manage Manage mode allows you to import export delete or edit the properties of selected custom commands Some of these functions are available in only Dragon NaturallyS peaking Professional Legal and Medical editions To make the Command Browser appear always on top m Say Mode gt Always On Top or on the Mode menu click Always On Top m On the Command Browser shortcut menu click Always On Top m Click on the Comm
162. eeeeees 18 Installation Prerequisites 0 cece eee i c cc cece cece cece rara Dani ETE Eiaa dE 19 Installing Software Typical Installation 0 00000020 cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 Installing Software Custom Installation o occ c cece ccc ccc ccc cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 21 Modifying application settings for all users e cece cece cece cece ceceeeeeees 23 Modifying formatting options for all users e cece ee aonana anaana 24 Creating your user profile 220 0 aaa 25 Setting up positioning and checking your microphone 0 002 e cece ee eeeeeeeee 27 Training a user profile 2200 ec ccc cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ceecceeeeeeeeeeeenes 27 Upgrading User Profiles 28 Default installation folders ec e ec ceecec ee cece eee e eee ce cece ccc ceeceecececeeeeeeees 30 Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking 000 00 e cece cece ecccccceeeceeeeeeees 31 Chapter 3 Getting Started 3 naaraana anian nanan r nana nanrnanni 33 Welcome to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 0000000 cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeees 34 Working with Windows 8 and Windows 8 1 0 00 c cece eee ee cee eee ceeeeeeeeeeees 36 About Dragon NaturallySpeaking 220 22 222 eee eee ec eee cece cece cece cece ccc ceceececeeeceeeeeees 39 How Dragon Works a saaan bocce Ba wo reieeck cb st vice Heike bagels Sosa DAAN ts dose a ties Ma
163. elete lt text gt Delete from lt text gt to lt text gt Delete lt text gt through lt text gt Handling multiple text matches Use the commands in this topic when Dragon finds multiple instances of a word or phrase in the part of your document currently showing on screen Dragon displays a number next to each instance so that you can choose the one you had in mind for the command This feature also lets you save time by applying the command to all instances at once if doing so makes sense for that particular command Note m Ifyou prefer that Dragon change only the instance of a word or phrase nearest to the cursor you can turn this option off in Dragon s Options dialog box Commands tab see Enable multiple text matches Then if Dragon selects the correct word or phrase but not the right instance you can say Select Again to select the previous instance By default the feature is turned on Here s an example of what Dragon does with the Italicize lt xyz gt command When you say italicize course Dragon displays a number next to each matching item as shown here Then you can say Choose lt n gt where lt n gt represents one of the numbered text matches or Choose All to apply the command to all text matches Dragon only numbers text matches that are visible in your current document window Chapter 11 Revising Text Please contact thg Course Coordinator for youge fullgcourse and halfgcourse You can cancel tex
164. enter width by 5 per cent Decrease the Learning Center width by 5 per cent Print Learning Center commands Show the Learning Center Help Close the Learning Center Say this With the Learning Center active right click it and say Always on Top With the Learning Center active right click it and say Always on Top Learning Center wider Learning Center thinner Learning Center Help With the Learning Center active say y Learning Center close Or Close window Learning Center contexts Dragon Installation and User Guide Or do this Right click on the Learning Center and select Always on Top Right click on the Learning Center and deselect Always on Top With the Learning Center active press the key combination lt ALT W gt You can also click and drag the left border With the Learning Center active press the key combination lt ALT T gt You can also click and drag the left border Right click on the Learning Center and select Print Click the question mark icon at the top right of the Learning Center Right click on the Learning Center and select Close gt Click the x at its top right corner Here is the list of programs and windows for which the Learning Center has specific content m Desktop and Windows Explorer m Dragon windows DragonBar DragonPad Dictation Box Spelling window see Dragon Help Command Browser Vocabulary Editor m Microsoft W
165. er for example 7815551212 if phone numbers is selected on the Auto formatting dialog box Dragon NaturallySpeaking will format the number in standard telephone number format Save and Close This Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to write notes in Microsoft Outlook Open the Outlook 1 Start Microsoft Outlook notepad Instead of start you can also say open launch or show For example say show Microsoft Outlook 2 Open New Note Create and format 1 Dictate the text of the new note anote 2 Right Align This Left Align This Justify This or Center This to set the text alignment 3 Set This lt text property gt where lt text property is any font style or point size you want 4 Find a Word to perform a search Using other Microsoft Outlook commands You can use the following voice commands to access various features in Microsoft Outlook 165 Chapter 13 Working in Programs Miscellaneous commands Say Open the calendar view View Calendar Open and view the journal properties 1 View Journal 2 View Properties or View Properties of Journal Open Internet Explorer from Outlook Switch to Web Browser Dialog box commands When you create or edit e mail messages in HTML format you must use the same voice commands that you use in Internet Explorer to navigate in certain Outlook dialog boxes such as the Find Picture
166. ersion 12 You can continue to use Open top Web site on about for the lt specific topic or Web site gt command Using Google s I m feeling lucky To find Google s top ranked Web site for a search term using I m feeling lucky 1 Open the Google home page for example www google com 2 Dictate or type your search terms in the search box Enabling or disabling searching the Web by voice To by voice open the Options dialog box Commands Taband do one of the following gt Select or deselect the Enable Web search commands check box The option is enabled by default Changing your default browser or search engine If you change your default browser or search engine you will have to restart Dragon and the browser to ensure that the search is conducted through the new default search engine Web browser commands Important Please keep in mind that Dragon s capabilities differ among Web browsers both in terms of commands and in terms of text control See Working with a Web browser Textin italics represents words or numbers that can change Chapter 15 Working with Web browsers Starting your browser Start Internet Explorer Start Internet Explorer Start Microsoft Internet Explorer Start Mozilla Firefox Start Firefox Start Mozilla Firefox Start Google Chrome Start Google Chrome Start Chrome Instead of start you can also say open launch or show Navigating the Web Please note th
167. et Print Area to Selection Set Print Area to the First Next Previous lt number gt Rows Columns Print the Selection Moving around a spreadsheet Move to Next Previous Row Column KR Start of This Next Previous Row Column Row Column lt number letter gt for example Row Five or Column A If the column includes two or more letters say the alpha bravo form of the letter for example to go to Column AB say Column Alpha Bravo Start of Row Column Next Previous Cell in the Row Column Chapter 13 Working in Programs Start Start Scrolling Down automatic downward scrolling Start Start Scrolling Up automatic upward scrolling Move tothe Scroll Down bottom of the spreadsheet Movetothe Scroll Up top of the spreadsheet Stop Stop Scrolling automatic scrolling Increase the Scroll Faster rate of automatic scrolling Decrease Scroll Slower the rate of automatic scrolling Move down Line Down one row Move up Line Up one row Switching between open spreadsheets Switch between open 1 Say List windows for Microsoft Excel spreadsheets Do one of the following gt Say Choose n where nis the number of the window you want to switch to For example say Choose 2 Or Choose the number of the program from the list and click OK 172 173 Dragon Installation and User Guide Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet You can use the foll
168. etimes the program selects the wrong words Other times the program selects the right words but they are not in the correct location When this happens try the following techniques To change an incorrect text selection p If the wrong text is selected try saying Select stext5 again The second time Dragon NaturallySpeaking searches for different text with a similar pronunciation gt If the wrong text is selected try using a longer phrase This provides more information so Dragon NaturallySpeaking is more likely to select the correct text If the correct words are selected but they are not in the correct location say Select Again to select the previous occurrence of the same text Notes a You can select punctuation marks a You can say Select period and then Select Again to move the insertion point sentence by sentence 123 Dragon Installation and User Guide m The default is for Dragon NaturallySpeaking for the nearest instance from the location of the insertion point You can change the search direction to always be backward on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box To dictate the word Select at the beginning of an utterance that is as the first word after a pause either say Select and then pause or hold down the Shift key while you speak You can also use Dictation Mode 124 Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Deleting Cutting and Copying Text This section contains the follow
169. exit Dragon NaturallySpeaking the program returns to the QuickStart mode and remains in memory with a reduced footprint approximately 10 MB SetDefaultOptions Displays the Options dialog box at the end of the installation The Options dialog box lets you change Dragon NaturallySpeaking s standard behavior including specifying hot keys customizing how text is formatted initial microphone settings and setting how often User Profiles are backed up SetDefaultAdministrativeOptions Displays the Administrative settings dialog box at the end of the installation The Administrative settings dialog box lets you set up the Roaming feature as well as well as set the backup location of your Profile and prevent users from modifying commands and Vocabularies SetDefaultFormattingOptions Brings up the default Formatting options dialog Electronic Medical Record EMR applications restrictions Dragon Basics Home Premium Professional and Legal do not support dictation into Electronic Medical Record applications EMRs or other medical applications RIS and LIMS for example Chapter 3 Getting Started This functionality is only available in the medical editions A full description of the other extra features of the medical versions and upgrade possibilities are available on http www nuance com for healthcare index htm Auto Configuration Based on System Profile At installation time Dragon NaturallySpeaking analyzed your computer s
170. f spaces Valid space after values are Precede by Inserts the specified spacing before and after the word or phrase lt value gt and Use the drop down fields to select the spacing type Valid values follow with are lt value gt nothing New Line New Paragraph Tab Format the Inserts the word or phrase using the specified capitalization next word with Use the drop down field to select the capitalization type Valid lt value gt values are with normal capitalization There is no special capitalization associated with this word capitalized initial capitals in all capitals without capitals Format Inserts numbers using the specified format preceding Use the drop down field to select the format Valid values are numbers lt value gt and following numbers lt value gt a s numerals as Roman numerals Sample Displays a preview of how Dragon will apply formatting before and after your word Lower casein Causes the word or phrase to never be capitalized unless it titles appears at the beginning of a sentence or phrase This is typical of short articles such as a of or the when they appear in a title that is normally capitalized for example The Grapes of Wrath Check the Lower case in titles checkbox to enable this feature normally Dragon NaturallySpeaking determines whether to insert Arabic numerals or the written form of the number 135 Dragon Installation and
171. formatting commands in Microsoft Outlook make sure either HTML or RTF mail message format is turned on Revising text quick reference You can revise text by voice in any of the following ways See also m Handling multiple text matches 110 Ko Delete text Cut text Copy text Select text Correct text Chapter 11 Revising Text Scratch That to delete the last thing you said Delete s text Where stext is the word or phrase you want to delete Delete from lt text gt to lt text gt Delete lt text gt through lt text gt Cut That to cut previously selected text or the last thing you said Cut lt text gt where lt text gt is the word or phrase you want to cut Cut from lt text gt to lt text gt Cut lt text gt through lt text gt Note The Cut Direct Editing command is turned off by default to keep it available for regular dictation To enable the Cut command 1 Choose Tools gt Options from the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Click Commands gt Enable Cut Command 3 Restart Dragon Copy That to copy previously selected text or the last thing you said Copy lt text gt where lt text gt is the word or phrase you want to copy Copy from lt text gt to lt text gt Copy lt text gt through lt text gt Select that to select the last thing you said Select lt fext gt where lt text gt is the word or phrase you want to chang
172. g multiple text matches 104 106 MENOS AA ARA 96 quick reference aa 100 using Direct Editing 104 using multiple text matching 106 when incorrectly selected 123 WOFKF OW aangat ana kahat saakaluanigasda 96 Correction only mode definition 272 Correction menu 43 45 101 choosing correct text in 101 hot key for opening 45 Correction menu definition 272 creating 253 262 new Vocabularies 253 261 CUITENCY 22 22 e eee eee eee cece eee ee eee eeees 84 dictating 0 0 0 20 e cece eee eee eee 84 cursor moving back to last location 118 moving the insertion point 114 moving to specific words 117 custom words ai soos gies einstein a 272 Customer Service and Support 51 customer support 22 51 CUE command aaya lagas nan semen 125 cutting using Direct Editing 104 using multiple text matching 106 282 D Data Collection definition 272 Data Distribution Tool definition 273 dates dictating 0c c cece e cece eee 84 Default Installation directories 30 Default Installation folders 30 deleted words restoring to your Vocabulary 256 deleting
173. g syntax natspeak switch Where switch is the switch from the following table 49 50 Dragon Installation and User Guide Switch Function diagnose Runs Dragon NaturallySpeaking in diagnostic mode Outputs information into the Dragon log file and exits FindCustom Brings up the custom directory finddragonlog Brings up a Windows Explorer window with the dragon log highlighted findsetuplog Brings up a Windows Explorer window with the dgnsetup log highlighted findappdataallusers Brings up a Windows Explorer window in our all users application data directory nssystem ini nsapps ini models ini Users directory etc findappdata Brings up a Windows Explorer window in our this user application data directory dragon log upgrade log nsuser ini etc findupgradelog Brings up a Windows Explorer window with the upgrade log highlighted user lt User Profile gt Automatically loads the profile specified by lt User Profile gt topic lt topic gt Automatically loads the topic specified by lt topic gt Professional Legal and Medical editions only quick Runs Dragon NaturallySpeaking in quick mode QuickStart mode starts Dragon NaturallySpeaking without loading a User Profile or any speech models when you start your computer Only the Dragon NaturallyS peaking tray icon is visible When you click on the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Desktop icon the Open User Profile dialog box immediately appears When you
174. g you perform to help improve your recognition accuracy It is most useful when m You have used Dragon NaturallySpeaking for a few days By then you will be somewhat accustomed to dictating to it and acoustic training should reflect how you actually dictate as opposed to how you would read aloud a regular text such as an article in today s newspaper m You move to an environment that is significantly noisier or quieter or that has different background sounds m You have changed your microphone or sound card To train Dragon NaturallySpeaking 1 Do one of the following m Say Switch to DragonBar then Audio then Read Text to Improve Accuracy Or m Say Open Accuracy Center then click Read text to train Dragon 2 Asyou read try to speak with the same tone of voice speed and volume as you typically will when dictating to Dragon 3 When you are finished click Finish You can read as much or as little as you want but the longer you train the more likely you will notice improvements in recognition accuracy 249 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary This section contains the following topics About personalizing your Vocabulary 2 20 22 0 20 c cece cece eee e cece ccc eecceccecececeeceeees 250 Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary 0 0 20 20 cc cece eee cece eee ec eee ceceeeceeeeee 251 Learning from specific documents 2 2 2 0 c cec
175. gan 40 Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking aa 41 Dragon system requirements o coe c cece cece ccc ccc cece cee eee Aa aAa E aa aaraa onanan 42 Contents Top Ways to use Dragon cece cece ccc cece cece cece cece cece cece ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 43 Using Dragon NaturallySpeaking Help 0 00 000 cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 44 IGE K CVS a aa ee tes Nee na a Ne ee i MA AE a BA AP Nd te 45 Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center 0 2 2 22222 e cece cece cece eee 45 Using the Interactive Tutorial c cece cece ccc cece cece ceccccccceceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 49 Starting to dictate 200 c cece cece ccc c Aaaa A cece cece cece ee ceeeseeeeteteeenees 49 Using the Command line interface 20 000 cece cece cece cece cece eee da cece cee ceccececeeeeeeees 49 Electronic Medical Record EMR applications restrictions 00 ee ee eee ee 50 Auto Configuration Based on System Profile c cece eee ecccceeceeeeeeees 51 Contacting Customer Service and Support c coco a aaora anaia oraraa eann 51 Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 20 20222 53 The DragonBar 2222 0 0 cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee sccccececceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeenes 53 The Text Control Indicator 0 00000 o cc eee cccc ccc ccc cece cece eee aaraa a oriori narenn 59 Displaying the DragonBar
176. ge of all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center The Correction tab of the Options dialog box lets you control the behavior of the Correction menu including the commands that make it appear If you would rather not see the Correction menu every time you select text you can turn it off On the Correction tab of the Options dialog box clear the box that says Select commands bring up Correction menu Then click Apply If you want to open the Spelling window when you start to correct a word or phrase select Correct commands bring up Spelling window on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box If you select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added to the sentence automatically the list of corrections that appears in the Correction menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation In some applications you may have difficulty revising selected text In this case you may need to use the Dictation Box Just select the text you want to revise and say Show Dictation Box or Edit Selection 79 80 Dragon Installation and User Guide Dictation commands When you are dictating you can say the following dictation commands also referred to as in line commands without pausing All the dictation commands and their pronunciation can be seen in the Vocabulary Editor Say Ke new line Press
177. gh Dragon displays a congratulations message Click OK and Dragon starts adapting to your voice Upgrading User Profiles If you chose to upgrade existing user profiles during the installation the User Upgrade Wizard appears the first time you run Version 13 Note If you do not want to upgrade user profiles right now you can exit from the wizard and do it later Otherwise you can start the User Upgrade Wizard from the Windows Start menu at any time Chapter 2 Installing Dragon To upgrade existing user profiles Select the profile s to upgrade Listed below are the profiles that will be upgraded Use the Browse or Remove buttons below to modify the list Note You can upgrade more profiles later if desired Upgrading one profile can take 2 to 20 minutes See the Help for details When you have finished adding or removing profiles to upgrade select Next User profiles to upgrade Current Location User Profile lt Previous version gt John Smith lt Previous version gt Mary Smith lt Previous version gt Mike Powers Total profiles tobe upgraded 4 1 To start the User Upgrade Wizard select Start gt All Programs gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools gt Upgrade Users The User Upgrade Wizard appears 2 Onthe Select Users to Upgrade page modify the list to include only the user profiles that you want to upgrade now The wizard starts by including all user p
178. global command capabilities mouse related commands such as MouseGrid 3 9 mouse click and move mouse upper left and key pressing commands such as press Alt d press Enter press control t press tab press F5 press Escape page down The following topics cover various Web related capabilities Web browser commands Internet Explorer commands 194 195 Dragon Installation and User Guide About the Dragon Web Extension In the Dragon Help see Following links and clicking buttons Specifying Web addresses Going to text boxes and selecting check boxes and option buttons Notes You cannot select icons on the toolbar Java or ActiveX applets or items in the History Search or Channels panels by voice You also cannot select icons in Adobe Flash Player The Enable commands in HTML windows box must be selected on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box to use Internet Explorer and Firefox commands You can use the same voice commands that you use with Internet Explorer to navigate in other applications that run within an HTML window This includes Help windows based on HTML such as this Help topic On some versions of Windows you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the Voice enable menus buttons and other controls excluding box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box On some versions of
179. gon Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Note When you set the Classic DragonBar to Always on top it will cover secondary Dragon NaturallySpeaking windows such as the DragonPad and Help screens In these cases you will have to turn off the Always on top state or move the windows around so that they are not obscured 1 Exit Dragon If you also have your User Profile open and have made corrections performed acoustic training changed an option or made modifications in the Vocabulary Editor Dragon asks if you want to save the changes 2 Say Yes to save the changes You can use the Exit Dragon command from a The Classic DragonBar Control menu click the Dragon icon atthe left a The Classic DragonBar Profile menu a The New DragonBar DragonBar menu 65 lt right header here gt 67 Chapter 5 Using the Microphone This section contains the following topics Choose an audio device Use this screen to tell Dragon which type of speech device you ll be using To use a different device later on you can to your profile Click here for the Dragon Top 5s Microphones Use the top section to choose the audio device that you want to use Dragon highlights the audio device that it thinks is the most likely Other available audio devices Dragon lists other audio devices that you can use For example if your computer has an onboard mic but you have an external USB mic plugged in the onb
180. gon Web Extension 12 80 100 7 SS ra eb Exter f hi e Permissions Visit website Allow in incognito _ Allow access to file URLs If itis disabled select the Enabled check box to enable it Resolving problems If this is the first time you ve tried using a supported web application with Dragon try restarting your browser and reconnecting to the web application If you are using a Web application and browser that support the Dragon web extension but the feature is not active see If you have problems using Web application support For more information see Using the Dictation Box Web browser commands and Dictating e mail and Web addresses Using Web based Email To write email using a web based email program you must have installed the Dragon web extension for your browser The Dragon Web Extension allows you to use Full Text Control in supported browsers and most Web applications to help you perform common tasks by voice 183 Chapter 14 Working with Web applications For example you can say Click Link Click Button or Click Inbox to click the elements on the page If you do not install the Dragon web extension you cannot click page elements by voice In addition Full Text Control is not available for dictation in the browsers and Web applications Without the Dragon web extension enabled you ll need to click Web page elements using your mouse and keyboard and dictate content using the Dictation Box Note This topic a
181. he Accuracy Center for the following kinds of tasks Personalize your Vocabulary Adjust your acoustics m Find or train commands m Set options and configure formatting a Find out more about Dragon To open the Accuracy Center m say Open Accuracy Center or click Help gt Improve My Accuracy on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar To use the Accuracy Center Click or say the first few words ofa link to start it Accuracy Center options To learn about the specific features of the Accuracy Center click The Accuracy Center options in the Dragon Help Notes m When you start the Accuracy Center option that checks your audio settings the Check Microphone wizard starts and the Dragon NaturallySpeaking microphone is automatically turned off if it is on This is necessary in order to facilitate the audio tests Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Use this procedure to increase Dragon s accuracy with the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer As you make and train corrections train new words or phrases use commands or read a text for acoustic training Dragon NaturallySpeaking stores the acoustic and language data in an archive and uses it to enhance recognition accuracy The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer accumulates this data from session to session 240 Dragon Installation and User Guide Acoustic Optimization Perform Acoustic Optimization to update your Profile with accumulated acoustic data fr
182. he Correction Only Mode option on the Miscellaneous Tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box before running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimize on this Profile To run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer 1 Click Launch Accuracy Tuning on the DragonBar s Audio menu or say Switch to DragonBar then Audio then Launch Accuracy Tuning The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer dialog box opens with Perform Acoustic Optimization and Perform Language Model Optimization selected Nuance recommends that you run both optimizations to maximize accuracy 2 Click Go to start the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer 3 The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer may ask if you want to save your current Profile Choose Yes if you made corrections since the last time you ran the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer or if you have not run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer since you started using Dragon NaturallySpeaking The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer dialog box shows Dragon s estimate of how long it will take to finish adapting your Profile How long this takes depends on the amount of Acoustic Data stored in your Profile 241 Notes Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy By default the amount of acoustic data saved is limited to 180 minutes the maximum You can reduce this amount on the Data tab of the Options dialog box If you attempt to run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer before y
183. he Help Search tab for details Hot keys Use hot keys to perform the described actions The keys listed here are the default settings you or someone else might have changed the key assignments to different keys Cia Turn the microphone on or off Open the Correction menu Force words to be recognized as commands Force words to be recognized as dictation Open the Dragon menu Put the microphone to sleep or wake it up Press to talk Open the Dictation Box Move to Next field Playback Fast Playback Note Press Plus key on the numeric keypad Press Minus key on the numeric keypad Note Dragon does not currently support this hot key with Gmail or Outlook com Press and hold CTRL Press and hold SHIFT Press Asterisk key on the numeric keypad Press forward slash key on the numeric keypad There is no default key for Press to talk Press CTRL SHIFT D Press CTRL SHIFT N Press SHIFT Minus key on the numeric keypad Press SHIFT Asterisk key on the numeric keypad You can view or change the current assignments for hot keys on the Options dialog box Hot keys tab Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center Use the Learning Center to see on the side of your screen sample commands and tips related to the program you are currently using Its content changes as you switch between programs and windows See Learning Center contexts The Learning Center appear
184. he following manner Select the next tab Move to Next Tab Go to Next Tab Click Next Tab Select the previous tab Move to Previous Tab Go to Previous Tab Click Previous Tab Note If the tab has a caption with a shortcut key underlined character you can say Click followed by the name of the tab Resizing and closing windows You can resize and close windows by voice To resize a window 1 Make the window you want to resize active 2 Say Maximize Window Minimize Window or Restore Window 214 215 Dragon Installation and User Guide To close a window 1 Make the window you want to close active 2 Say Close Window Note These commands only work when you are using an English version of your operating system If you have a different version of the operating system you must say Click and the command used by that system in place of Maximize Minimize or Restore Selecting and opening icons You can select icons on the Desktop in the following manner To select a desktop icon 1 Point to the Windows desktop and say Mouse Click to make the desktop active 2 Say the name of an icon For example My Documents The icon becomes highlighted to indicate that it is selected 3 To select another icon say Move followed by a direction Left Right Up or Down and the number of icons up to 20 you want to move For example Move Right 1 or Move Up 3 You can open icons on the
185. here is nothing to correct select the text you want to correct and say Correct That again or press the Correction hot key or click the Correction button m Ifyou select a phrase to correct that includes a comma or period added to the sentence automatically the list of corrections that appears in the Correction menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation m Todictate the word correct at the beginning of an utterance that is as the first word after a pause either say correct and then pause or hold down the Shift key while you speak to force Dragon NaturallySpeaking to recognize the word as dictation and not as a command You can change the key that you press to control this behavior on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box Choosing the correct text In the Correction menu and the Spelling window Dragon NaturallySpeaking offers a selection of recognition alternatives Use the following procedure to choose the alternative you want To choose the correct text p Ifthe correct text is one of the alternatives listed say Choose and then say the number of the alternative in the list As an option you can press the ALT key and type the number of the alternative from the keyboard not the numeric keypad The text you choose replaces the text in your document Example If the correct text is the third alternative say Choose 3 101 Dragon Installation and User Guide Notes Dragon s
186. iation of the word For information on training a word that you have spelled see the topic Training words from the Spelling window For previously dictated text select the word or words you want to correct then say Spell That followed immediately by letters Notes Normally the Spelling window does not appear when you use the Spell command You can make it appear by selecting the Spell commands bring up Spelling window option on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box m While you are spelling words you must say cap before each character you want to capitalize Pause briefly after saying the capital letter and before you say the next letter m You can say Double before any alphabetic character to enter two of the same characters For example say Double a to enter aa You can also say Double Zulu to enter zz You cannot however say Double u to get two u characters and not w In this case you can say Double Letter u a You cannot say the normal forms of letters for example A and their alpha bravo forms for example Zulu together in a single breath A Zulu You can mix them if you pause before you change the spelling format m Inversion 13 x within normal dictation Dragon no longer recognizes its built in alternate pronunciations of letters alpha bravo Charlie delta etc which some people call military alphabet or phonetic alphabet therefore saying bravo Charlie
187. ice command m You can disable the mouse motion commands by clearing the check box Enable mouse motion commands on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box m The default mouse motion speed is 2 on a scale from 1 to 25 You can change the default speed by clicking the Speed button on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box and selecting a new speed Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid You can position the mouse pointer anywhere on the screen using MouseGrid The movement can be relative to the full screen or the active window 225 Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard To position the pointer with MouseGrid 1 Say MouseGrid to place the MouseGrid over the full screen or say MouseGrid Window to place it over the active window MouseGrid divides the screen or window into nine numbered areas 2 Say the number from 1 to 9 to position the pointer in that numbered area To position it again say another number You can pause slightly after each number you say Examples MouseGrid 3 2 5 MouseGrid Window 7 8 Notes Tohave MouseGrid close automatically end the MouseGrid command with Go For example say MouseGrid 5 3 Go m To undo the last MouseGrid action say Undo That Toclose MouseGrid say Cancel a MouseGrid will close when the microphone is turned off or when you say the command Go To Sleep m You can combine the MouseGrid command with clicking the mouse or marking and d
188. ies To install user files for the other languages or dialects supplied with your edition choose Custom on the Setup Type page The user files for each language or dialect contain both spellings and pronunciations specific to that region For example users who wish to dictate US English spellings including users with accents should install the US American English user files 8 Click Next again and if you do not have the Professional edition skip to the next step Otherwise choose any check boxes under Additional options to have additional dialog boxes pop up at the end of the installation where you can make changes that affect all users dictating on this computer Modify the application s settings for all users Displays the Options dialog box at the end of the installation here you set several options for all user profiles at once see online Help for details Useful for an installation in a shared area for example in a conference room or in an examining room where multiple healthcare professionals could dictate Modify the administrative settings Displays the Administrative Settings dialog box at the end of the installation where you set up the Roaming User feature where to backup your files and who can modify commands vocabularies Modify the formatting options Displays Auto Formatting dialog box at end of installation where you apply uniform formatting to all documents dictated at this installation for example format
189. in unsupported applications The Dictation Box opens automatically if Dragon notices that you are trying to dictate in an unsupported application or window within an unsupported application Turning off the Dictation Box If you don t want Dragon to display the Dictation Box in unsupported applications 1 On the DragonBar select Tools gt Options gt Miscellaneous 2 Click or say Use the Dictation Box for Unsupported Applications to clear the checkmark from the box 3 Click OK to apply your changes to the current session When you save your user profile the settings will be saved for future dictation sessions Unsupported applications Some examples of unsupported applications would be presentation or page layout or graphics design software like Adobe Photoshop Here are some examples of known issues in unsupported applications Dictating into a complex Lotus Notes document sometimes makes Dragon NaturallySpeaking hang or exhibit other abnormal behavior Chapter 8 Using the Dictation Box m Some Microsoft Outlook users may find that the Full Text Control editing capability does not always work m Some applications such as Netscape are not supported for Full Text Control editing at all Transferring your text When you are ready to move your dictation from the Dictation Box to the unsupported application say Transfer or click the Transfer button to transfer the text into that application Note The Dictation Box wor
190. indows Active Accessibility feature allows voice control of Windows menus and controls This option is turned on by default Using Windows Desktop commands You can use voice commands to perform many actions on the Windows Desktop as shown in the table below Notes m Instead of dictating the verb open you can also say start launch or show For example say start Notepad For details about how to say program names see Starting and exiting programs m See About the Command Browser for more variants of all commands listed here and see Creating new commands in the Dragon Help for information about how to create your own commands a Items in square brackets are optional 210 Dragon Installation and User Guide To do this You can say Open Windows special folders Open your My Computer Open My Computer window Start applications and utilities Start a program by name Open lt program name gt Note This command can be turned off to reduce computer memory use and eliminate misrecognitions of dictation as commands See Enable launching from the Start menu in the Dragon Help Open Windows Explorer Open Windows Explorer Open Windows Help and Open Windows Help Support Center Open the Windows Task Open Task Manager Manager Open the Windows Run dialog Open Run dialog box Open the Windows System Open System Configuration Utility Configuration Utility msconfig Open the Windows Control Open Cont
191. ing topics Cutting copying and pasting c cece cece cece eeceeeeeceeceeseeeeees 125 Deleting dictated text c eee ec ceccec eee cece eee eeceeeceeeeceeeeceteceeeseseeeee 125 Deleting characters words lines or paragraphs ccc e eee ec eee eeeeeceeceeee 126 Deleting by backspacing 00 2 aaa 126 Cutting copying and pasting You can say these commands to cut copy and paste selected text to and from documents To cut selected text gt Say Cut That To copy selected text Say Copy That or Copy All To Clipboard To paste cut or copied text gt Say Paste That Deleting dictated text Use the following procedure to remove text from a document To delete the last words you dictated p Say Scratch That Or Say Resume With sword where word is a word within the last 100 characters of text you dictated To delete any text 1 Select the text 2 Say Scratch That or Delete That To delete specific text or a range of text see Revising words Notes m You can repeat Scratch That up to ten times to delete the last things you said one at a time or you can just say Scratch That 22 7105 Times m Ifyou just dictated the text and want to delete it say Scratch That 125 Dragon Installation and User Guide Deleting characters words lines or paragraphs You can delete any number of words or characters up to 20 usi
192. insertion point Note You can also select the next or previous word line or paragraph by moving the insertion point to either before or after the word line or paragraph you want to select and saying Select Next Previous Word Line Paragraph Note Word 2013 introduced a new layout called Read Mode which aims to make it easier to read documents as well as related tasks such as obtaining the definition or translation of a word When in Read Mode you cannot use Dragon to dictate or perform selections or corrections in the open document even though the DragonBar indicates that Dragon has Full Text Control However it is possible to dictate and perform operations when you are ina Comment field in Read Mode Chapter 13 Working in Programs Selecting text You can use the following voice commands to select text in Microsoft Word and OpenOffice org Writer Select a word line or paragraph 1 Move the insertion point to the word line or paragraph you want to select 2 Say Select lt word gt lt line gt lt paragraph gt Select an adjacent word line or 1 Move the insertion point to either before or after paragraph the word line or paragraph you want to select 2 Say Select lt next gt lt previous gt lt word gt lt line gt lt paragraph gt Select specific text or a range of text see Select lt text gt also Handling multiple text matches Select lt text gt Through text Note Outside the USA or
193. install the extension you must close and reopen both Firefox and Dragon for the prompt to reappear If you select Do not ask me again and then later decide to install the extension see Do you need to reinstall below 2 Click Proceed Installation instructions appear 178 179 Dragon Installation and User Guide Install Dragon web extension for Firefox Step 1 Click the button below to install the Dragon web extension for Firefox Install web extension When you see this message click When you see this message click Allow Install Now KIM A bttpn dneriscontent nuance comv 1 3 setup HinstallhtmI lan Firefox prevented this site dnsriacontent nuance com x A Cas ee from whom you et from asking you to install software on your computer Mukcous softmare can damage your computer or violate your privacy You have asked to instat the following terme 6 Dragon Web Extension ancrer Communication nc Blow NEGA ONNA ORAE Aran ecer 1 UNDRE api Step 2 Important You must now ensure that the Dragon Plugin is set to Always Activate Click the button below to view the plugin settings in a new tab This screenshot shows the location of the setting Venfy plugin settings Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 0 200 64 Plugin Cr poe haba ety nakang HM Component Lat Updated Wedewsiay May 14 2014 poy Ral apokon spra Optus gt E When you are done you may close the Add Ons Manager tab Chapter
194. ion solutions index htm 27 28 Dragon Installation and User Guide From the DragonBar s Profile menu select Open User Profile and select your profile in the list then click Open From the Audio menu select Read text to improve accuracy To train a profile 1 Inthe Read Training Text page under Choosing text to read choose a text to read aloud and click Next 2 When the Text Display page appears choose how you want to read the text from the screen or from a printed page If you choose to read from a printed page click Print to print the text 3 Ifyou chose to read the text from the screen the Speaking to the computer page appears and advises you to position your microphone 4 After you position your microphone click Train to begin 5 Inthe Speaking to the Computer pop up click Begin Training and read the text in the box 6 Click Next and proceed with the reading Notes You need to read for only about 5 minutes You can take breaks during your reading by clicking Pause Try to read the text exactly as it is but it s okay if you read something incorrectly When you read training text you don t have to dictating punctuation but consider reading at least the periods or the commas this is an opportunity for you to practice saying punctuation and also helps you speak with a tone and speed that s more similar to how you will dictate than how you speak when simply reading something out loud When you ve read enou
195. ionary definition 271 activating Dragon 2 22 2 22 31 41 Base Vocabulary definition 271 active Vocabulary definition 271 basic document commands adding Microsoft Word 22 2 144 a different Vocabulary 260 basic spreadsheet commands contact names to the Vocabulary 254 255 Microsoft Excel 169 contacts in Microsoft Outlook 164 Basic Text Control indicator 59 words from lists 253 basic text dictation T7 BestMatch Technology 258 281 boldface applying with Direct Editing 104 applying with multiple text matching 106 boldface applying 128 131 browsers compatibility 176 USINO ARA AP 199 buttons selecting by voice 213 C calendar and email commands 158 Canadian postal codes 233 capitalizing text 0 000000 a 129 categories searching on the Web 195 centering text 131 characters gcse ogee cents ce nevecteacanaledee 120 selecting 0 2 20 2 2e cece eee eee 120 Check Microphone position your microphone properly 68 Choose a speech device 67 choosing programs and windows 217 clicking using voice commands 227 closing exiting D
196. ist of supported e mail programs to verify that Dragon works with your e mail application To start an e mail program gt Say Start Mail to start your default e mail program To access and create e mail messages Use the following commands to check for open and create messages Chapter 13 Working in Programs To Say Check for new messages Check Mail Open the selected e mail message Open Mail Create an e mail message Commands for working with e mail messages To work with e mail messages Use the following commands if you are working in your Inbox and have a message selected or open Say To Reply to the sender of the current Reply to Mail or Reply message Reply to the sender and all Reply to All recipients of the current message Forward the current message Forward Mail Print the current message Print Mail Delete the current message Delete Mail Send the current message Send Mail Close the active e mailmessage Close Mail This command does not close your mail window program It does not work in Netscape Messenger Commands for moving around in e mail To move around in email Use the following commands to move around when editing e mail Please note that only Go to Previous Field and Go to Next Field are supported in Windows Live Mail 156 157 a Ke Move to the To field Move to the Subject field Move to the Body field Move to the CC field Move to the BCC field M
197. ith the Learning Center active right click it and say Always on Top With the Learning Center active right click it and say Always on Top Learning Center wider Learning Center thinner Learning Center Help With the Learning Center active say y Learning Center close Or Close window Learning Center contexts Dragon Installation and User Guide Or do this Right click on the Learning Center and select Always on Top Right click on the Learning Center and deselect Always on Top With the Learning Center active press the key combination lt ALT W gt You can also click and drag the left border With the Learning Center active press the key combination lt ALT T gt You can also click and drag the left border Right click on the Learning Center and select Print Click the question mark icon at the top right of the Learning Center Right click on the Learning Center and select Close gt Click the x at its top right corner Here is the list of programs and windows for which the Learning Center has specific content m Desktop and Windows Explorer m Dragon windows DragonBar DragonPad Dictation Box Spelling window see Dragon Help Command Browser Vocabulary Editor m Microsoft Word Microsoft Excel Microsoft Outlook Please see the Dragon Help for Microsoft PowerPoint and Microsoft InfoPath WordPad a Corel WordPerfect see Dragon Help m Lotus Notes see D
198. ive option on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box Correcting misrecognized commands If you speak a valid command and it is not recognized correctly use the following procedure to ensure that Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes the command in the future When valid command words and phrases appear in the Results box the box contains a blue border Open the Command Browser from the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Tools menu for lists of valid commands To correct a misrecognized command 1 Ifthe window or dialog box containing the misrecognized command is not active that is the title bar is not highlighted click in it to make it active 2 Say Scratch That to delete the unwanted dictation Undo That or Undo Last Action to undo an unwanted action 3 Say the command again If the command was recognized as dictation hold down the CTRL key as you start to say the command again Holding down the CTRL key forces Dragon NaturallyS peaking to recognize what you say as a command You can also switch to Command Mode Notes a You can train commands to match your pronunciation if necessary m When Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes a command the borders of the results box turn blue The only exception to this is when you use commands that you usually say without pausing during dictation such as new line new paragraph no caps or all caps 102 Chapter 10 Making Corrections a The Accuracy Center provide
199. kesen 261 Numbers Mode JJ 244 245 Vocabularies 261 switching to 1 1 245 Natural Language Commands 51 142 using ooa 243 GOIN OM PAANAN PARAAN PANANG 275 Numbers mode definition 275 navigating 0c eee 213 215 O between windows 212 Office buttons and dialog box options 213 scrolling in Microsoft 139 going back to your last location 118 using the ribbon 140 a a ere ah Office ribbon AOMA saaa aia TAK using Microsoft 2 2 20 2 222 140 MENUS 470x sceeveveluedoyetedsseeucdeaeedes 213 a online Help opening programs and documents 208 opening and using by voice da tabs in a dialog box 214 f opening Web applications commands 176 a different Vocabulary 259 Windows Desktop commands 210 icons by voice 215 MENUS e cece cece cece eee eee eee 213 288 programs and exiting 208 the Command Browser 265 OpenOffice org Writer commands for aaa nr eseewsdenbaves 152 selecting textin 00 00 20 20222 152 optimizing acoustics and language model 240 Outlook AA 162 165 adding contacts 2 2 22 22222 164 commands for 162 165 E mail and Calendar commands 158 making appointments 163 reading and sending e mail 162 scrolling in
200. ks for all applications that can accept standard keyboard shortcuts for Windows Clipboard operations In some applications that do not accept these commands your text may be lost or changed when you transfer text in and out of the Dictation Box Test your application before you start and if you lose text when you try to transfer text to the application try different selections under the Copy and Paste options see Dictation Box Settings The Dictation Box can transfer text in plain or Rich Text Format RTF For more information on using fonts in the Dictation Box refer to Using Fonts in Dictation Box in the Dragon Help Note You cannot transfer the audio that corresponds to the text from the Dictation Box to another application The audio is available only while the Dictation Box is open and only before you dictate the Transfer voice command The Full Text Control Indicator The Dragon bar includes a Full Text Control indicator that turns green when you are in an application or window where all of Dragon NaturallySpeaking s functionality is supported When you are in an unknown text field the Full Text Control indicator goes out indicating that you may have some difficulty selecting and editing dictated text Also when you start dictating into an unknown text field the Dragon Bar will display a message saying Unknown text field consider using show Dictation Box See Help The commands that quote text from the screen select l
201. l commands and you may wish to use the Dictation Box to dictate or edit in text fields Global commands that can be helpful for Web navigation include keyboard commands such as press Alt d press Enter press tab press F5 and page down as well as commands for clicking and dragging the mouse such as MouseGrid 3 3 and mouse click For more information about Dragon s Web capabilities see Working with a Web browser Chapter 14 Working with Web applications Editing text in a supported Web application Use this topic for examples of how you can edit text in any of the Web applications that Dragon supports In supported browsers you ll have Full Text Control so that you can dictate content and use a broad range of Dragon commands You ll also be able to navigate between mail fields and perform common tasks like Click Inbox and Click Compose 186 Dragon Installation and User Guide Editing text 187 Chapter 14 Working with Web applications To Say Delete the last text Dragon entered Scratch That Correct selected text or the last text Dragon entered Correct That ConeetTret O documents and e mail messages Train Dragon about how you pronounce a new word Train That Hyphenate selected words Compound Selection Hyphenate a string of words Compound lt text gt through lt text gt North America Compound lt text gt to lt text gt Outside the U S and Canada Inserts
202. lace all instances of a word Find Text or phrase Dictate the word or phrase you want to find Click Replace 4 Click Replace With to move the insertion point to the Replace With field 5 Dictate the replacement word or phrase 6 Click Replace All 7 Click Close to close the Find and Replace dialog box Chapter 13 Working in Programs Inserting document segments 1 Go To lt location gt to move the insertion point to where you want to insert the new page For example Go To Bottom to add a new page at the end of the current document 2 Add a New Page 1 Go To lt location gt to move the insertion point to the location where you want the text to break For example Go To third line to add a line break at the end of the third line in the current paragraph 2 Insert Hard Line Break 1 Go To lt location gt to move the insertion point to the location where you want the text to break For example Go To third paragraph to add a page break at the end of the third paragraph in the current page 2 Insert Page Break 1 Go To slocation to move the insertion point to the location where you want to place the information 2 Insert Date and Time or Insert Date or Insert Time 148 Dragon Installation and User Guide Moving text 149 Move a paragraph Chapter 13 Working in Programs 1 Move the insertion point to the word you want to move 2 Select Word 3 Mo
203. le on the Profile menu to open the Open User Profile dialog box Make sure the correct User Profile is selected the current User Profile is selected by default and click Open m Dragon can auto format text and numbers using standard writing conventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate For information about these settings see Auto formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box Chapter 7 Dictating Text a Dragon s Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto Formatting Options 87 88 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 8 Using the Dictation Box This section contains the following topics Using the Dictation Box cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ceeceeceeeceeeeeeeeceees 88 Dictation Box Settings cece cece ccc ccc ec cece cee ec eee ceeecececceeceeeeeees 91 Using the Dictation Box BEGIN_NONMED Normally you can dictate and use Dragon NaturallySpeaking voice commands in any text window of any application However you may occasionally find an application or a specific window in an application where you cannot dictate and or where some voice commands won t work or won t work consistently These exceptions are called unsupported applications or unknown text fields Using Dictation Box
204. learns not to make the same mistakes again To correct a word or phrase with the Correction menu 1 Say Select lt text gt where text is the incorrect word or phrase If the error is in the last thing you said you can just say Select That Also see Tips for selecting text Dragon NaturallySpeaking highlights the word or phrase and the Correction menu appears 2 Ifthe correct word or phrase is on the list start spelling to choose it or say Choose and the number of that choice For example say Choose 2 Do not say Choose Numeral Two or Dragon NaturallySpeaking will transcribe the phrase as the text Choose Numeral Two or Choose 2 depending on how you set the number formatting options on the Auto formatting dialog box 3 Ifthe word or phrase you want is not on the list spell the word or say Spell That and spell the word letter by letter Dragon s Smart Format Rules box may appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto Formatting Options The Spelling window appears You can use this dialog box to spell or type the correct word Notes Dragon also learns from your typing if you use the keyboard to correct a misrecognized word Dragon learns from the correction and can use the word the next time you dictate it The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advanta
205. lick New 3 From the Based On list in the New Vocabulary dialog box select the name of a Vocabulary on which you want to base the new Vocabulary All available Vocabularies are listed Those beginning with the word Base are the unmodified Vocabularies shipped with Dragon NaturallySpeaking The Vocabulary you select will be copied to the new Vocabulary and supplemented with words from your documents emails and added to your User Profile 4 Enter a descriptive name for the Vocabulary A Vocabulary name can contain up to 128 characters including spaces 5 Click OK to create the Vocabulary The Let Dragon search for words tool opens and prompts you to allow Dragon to improve recognition accuracy by adapting the Vocabulary based on e mail messages and documents 6 Make your selections and click Start to begin the optimization Note If you need to save time you can deselect E mail adaptation and run it later See Let Dragon search for words tool for details 7 Optionally before using the Vocabulary you can personalize it further using the Accuracy Center For more information click See Also below Notes m Any Vocabularies you create are saved along with the files that are part of your User Profile 260 261 Dragon Installation and User Guide m Keep in mind that creating many specialized Vocabularies can make it difficult to keep track of which words are available when you dictate m Also keep in mind that each new
206. lso say open launch or show For example say show Microsoft Outlook 2 View Calendar Create an event Create New All Day Event Dictate the subject line for example Company Picnic Set Start Time to lt day gt for example Set Start Time to Monday Press Tab Key to move to the text box Dictate any additional information you want for the event for example Be sure to bring your choice of beverage 6 Invite People to This Event 7 Dictate the e mail addresses of all the people you want to receive the invitation 8 Send this appointment Other appointment Make This an Online Event commands Set Reminder On Show Time as Tentative Decline This Event Mark This Appointment as Unread Forward This Appointment Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to add contacts in Microsoft Outlook 164 Open your address book Create anew contact Save the new contact Dragon Installation and User Guide 1 Start Microsoft Outlook Instead of start you can also say open launch or show For example say show Microsoft Outlook 2 View Address Book 1 Create New Contact 2 Dictate a name in the Full name box for example Joel Huffman 3 Press Alt Yankee to open the Company field 4 Dictate a company name for example Mega Products Limited 5 Click Business to open the telephone number field 6 Dictate a telephone numb
207. luding spaces Importing Vocabularies You can share Vocabularies among different User Profiles by first exporting a Vocabulary from one Profile and then importing it to another Profile If you have exported a Vocabulary from another Profile for example if you have created a Profile with a custom word list use the following procedure to import it Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy To import a Vocabulary 1 Say Manage Vocabularies or click Vocabulary gt Manage Vocabularies on the DragonBar 2 Onthe Manage Vocabularies dialog box click or say Import 3 Use the Open dialog box to locate and open the folder containing the Vocabulary you want to import it must be a Vocabulary that was exported 4 Select the desired Vocabulary TOP file and click or say Open 5 Inthe Import Vocabulary dialog box enter a name for the imported Vocabulary To import the Vocabulary so that it replaces an existing Vocabulary enter the name of the existing Vocabulary To import the Vocabulary as a new one enter anew name that you have not used before A Vocabulary name can contain up to 128 characters including spaces 6 Click or say OK to save the Vocabulary 7 Click or say Close on the Manage Vocabularies dialog box to close it Notes m Anexported Vocabulary consists of six files with the same name but different extensions These six files must remain in the same directory To import the Vocabulary you specify only th
208. m Ifyou type at the beginning of a cell and dictate some text or numbers Full Text Control is available only on the portion you dictated m Once you have edited a cell using any combination of typing and dictation when you move back to that cell by voice Full Text Control is available in the entire cell m The commands that quote text from the screen select lt xyz gt correct lt xyz gt insert after lt xyz gt work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control This functionality depends on Dragon s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content for instance in order to know where words and sentences begin and end so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities For more information see The Full Text Control Indicator Basic commands for Microsoft Excel You can use the following voice commands to perform basic operations using Microsoft Excel Chapter 13 Working in Programs Creating opening and closing a spreadsheet aie Say Create a new spreadsheet Create New File or Create New Workbook Open an existing spreadsheet 1 Open File or Open Document 2 lt file name gt for example My Spreadsheet 3 Press Enter Close a spreadsheet Close File or Close Document Editing in a spreadsheet aK Say Create a new line within a cell New Line
209. mbers when you speak a sequence of seven or ten numbers For example if you say 7815551234 Dragon NaturallySpeaking will transcribe 781 555 1234 Notes m Vanity phone numbers such as 1 800 EXAMPLE are not supported m The automatic formatting of U S telephone numbers is not supported for user profiles with a UK Region setting For User Profiles using the UK for the Region Turns on automatic formatting of UK telephone numbers 236 237 Dragon Installation and User Guide Notes Country code 44 can be dictated as four four forty four or double four with a preceding plus sign For example if you say plus sign four four two nine two oh seven four seven seven four seven Dragon transcribes 44 29 2074 7747 Area codes that are dictated without the preceding country code must be dictated with a leading zero For example if you say Zero two nine two oh eight seven nine three two seven Dragon transcribes 029 2087 9327 m When you dictate a 6 digit number Dragon transcribes the number with no spaces When you dictate a 7 digit or 8 digit number Dragon transcribes the number with a space before the last 4 digits m The automatic formatting of UK telephone numbers is not supported for U S and Canadian based user profiles Auto formatting prices Inserts prices and currencies in the proper format with the appropriate currency symbol For example 10 instead of 10 dollars or E50 instead of 50 euro
210. ments 252 Installing Dragon to a custom location 18 left aligning text 131 Internet Explorer 2 2 2 194 204 Nes xcs oes ea cans ee eae 132 and Firefox commands 199 adding new eee eee 132 commands 22 22 222 199 selecting eee eee eee eee 122 controlling by voice 194 list boxes oaaao aaan 214 switching between frames 199 controlling by voice 2 2 213 12 o gt AA AE EN 129 131 scrolling in by voice 2 215 applying 2 e cece eee eee eee 128 listing applying with Direct Editing 104 open Dragon windows 217 applying with multiple text matching 106 open windows 0 1 1 0000000000 217 italics applying eee eee 131 M J ANG 155 joining words 2 20 22 e eee eee eee eee 132 supported applications 155 K working in ua 155 keys making appointments controlling the keyboard 222 Microsoft Outlook naan 163 286 medical records electronic restriction 50 MENUS oorden KAN kka anA 213 eel AA 213 hot key for Dragon 2 2 2 2 45 microphone 2 2 22ceeceeeeeeeeees 45 hot key TOP naa cet acdecicacsancecesesceas 45 multiple dictation sources 68 positioning handheld 68 p
211. menu provides tips and techniques for increasing the speed with which Dragon recognizes what you say Contacting Customer Service and Support Before requesting Support you may find that shutting down and restarting your computer resolves your issue If you have done this and still need support please read below First collect some information If you can t find some of the information listed below a Support agent can help you access it 51 52 Dragon Installation and User Guide Your product serial number the serial is printed on the DVD sleeve and is also on the splashscreen accessible by clicking About NaturallySpeaking in the DragonBar s Help menu What you were doing when the problem happened for instance reading text for the Microphone Check reading a text to train Dragon entering text in a table in Microsoft Word 2013 Any error message text before requesting support consider searching the web by inputting the text of the error into a search engine Operating system Processor type and speed Amount of memory RAM Amount of free hard disk space Sound card name and model Microphone name and model Program log file Dragon log To find the Dragon log select Start gt All Programs gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking 5 Show Dragon Log Attach the log file if you send e mail to technical support Then contact Support m Ifyou purchased your product from a certified Nuance Applications Solutions Par
212. microphone one to three inches from your mouth and a little off to the side m When dictating to Dragon If the sound level is unacceptable or volume check fails a notification page pops up try holding the microphone slightly farther from your mouth Using an array microphone m Position the array 18 to 30 inches from pointed at your mouth m Avoid blocking the path between your mouth and the array for example by holding a book or paper in front of your face m Avoid having any source of noise or signal other than your voice directly facing the array within at least 15 feet Microphone Check After you have positioned the microphone and clicked Next you see a screen containing text for you to read out loud Click that screen s Start button and then read aloud the text displayed in the box When the program has heard enough it displays Audio quality is acceptable Click Next to continue If it displays The audio quality is unacceptable make sure your microphone is positioned properly and that you are speaking loudly enough Then try the Microphone Check again Training a user profile Performing training after creating a user profile is one of the ways you can personalize your profile and obtain higher accuracy It is done by reading aloud for several minutes from one of the available texts Dragon offers Note For information on acoustic training the transcription of recordings see http www nuance com dragon transcript
213. n Moving the slider to the right normally increases 238 239 Dragon Installation and User Guide recognition accuracy but may also slow system performance As a general rule you should move the slider farther to the right on faster machines than on slower ones To use the Speed vs Accuracy slider On the Tools menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar click Options In the Options dialog box click the Miscellaneous tab Drag the Speed vs Accuracy slider to tune performance oe eS Test the new setting by using Dragon NaturallySpeaking If you are not satisfied with the result try a different setting Notes m Running other programs while Dragon NaturallySpeaking is running will also affect accuracy and speed since other programs compete for system resources m Ifyou geta The recognizer has encountered an utterance that is too long to process error try setting the slider more towards Fastest Response Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy The Dragon Accuracy Center This section contains the following topics Using the Accuracy Center _ 2 02 0 0 0 00 00 c cece cece ccc cece ccc ec cece cece cecececceeeeceeececceeeees 240 Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer 0 0 00 000 cee cece eee ee eee 240 Using the Accuracy Center You can use the Accuracy Center to refine the accuracy of your User Profile or to learn more about Dragon For example you ll find tools or information in t
214. n of Windows to Windows 7 or Windows 8 and that machine has Version 11 x or 12 x of Dragon installed that version of Dragon will not work after upgrading All your user profiles from these previous versions remain intact and can be upgraded when you install Dragon Version 13 Coexistence with other Dragon products Coexistence with previous versions of Dragon You can have only one version of Dragon installed on your system Note Running a previous version of Dragon concurrently with Version 13 is not supported Coexistence with the Dragon SDK Client Edition You can install Dragon SDK Client Edition 13 on the same machine where Dragon 13 is installed In addition Dragon 13 and Dragon SDK Client Edition 13 can share user profiles and vocabularies You can only run one product at a time For example if you are running Dragon you cannot run any of the SDK Client tools or samples Note Coexistence of Version 13 with Dragon SDK Client Edition Version 11 x or 12 x is not supported Installation Prerequisites Before installing the software or modifying or upgrading it 1 Close all open applications 2 Turn off or disable antivirus software the installation process can sometimes trigger a false virus report Note You must have Administrator rights to install or uninstall Dragon on Windows 7 or Windows 8 Administrator rights are not required to create a Dragon user profile or use the software after installation On Windows
215. n only mode definition Enables transcriptionists to play back a Dragon user s dictation without having their User Profile loaded Note that dictation is disabled if you select this option Dictation is not available in Correction Only Mode Custom word definition A new word you add to the base Vocabulary using the Train command or the Add command in the Vocabulary Editor You can also add words to the Vocabulary using the Spelling Window or the Add New Word or Phrase command on the Vocabulary menu In the Vocabulary Editor a red cross next to a word indicates that it is a custom word that has been added to the Vocabulary Data Collection definition Helps to improve the accuracy of future versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking and Dragon Medical By enabling Data Collection you can allow Dragon to collect up to 500 MB of acoustic data and text from your dictation sessions If you agree the data can be sent to Nuance at a time scheduled by your network administrator Data Collection does not include any personal data and participation is completely voluntary 272 273 Dragon Installation and User Guide Data Distribution Tool definition Enables developers to interactively create new words customized Vocabularies or commands and to make them available to all User Profiles on a particular Dragon NaturallySpeaking installation Dictation Box definition Provides full support for dictating and editing text in an unkno
216. n point to the row column or cell you want to lock or unlock 2 Lock Unlock This Row Column Cell 1 Move the insertion point to the row column or cell you want to fill 2 Fill This Cell Up Down Right Left lt number gt Cells Rows Column for example Fill This Cell Down Two Rows 1 Move the insertion point to the row column or cell you want to clear 2 Clear All From This Row Column Cell 1 Move the insertion point to the row column or cell you want to hide 2 Hide This Row Column Cell 174 Chapter 14 Working with Web applications Chapter 14 Working with Web applications This section contains the following topics About the Dragon Web Extension 02 0 020 202 0 cece cece cee cece cece cece ceceeeceeeeees 176 Browser requirements for the Dragon Web Extension 0 22 22 202200 8 176 Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension 0 00 20 020 e eee e eee 177 How to tell if the Dragon Web Extension is Enabled 0 2 20 20220 202 182 Using Web based Email 2 20 2 00020 c ccc ccc eee cc cece ccc ec ccc ceccecceceeececeeeeeeees 183 Editing text in a supported Web application 0 00 0 0002 c cece cece e eee ee cece ee 186 Using Dragon s Web capabilities without the Dragon Web Extension 189 If you have problems using Web application support 0 00 2 0 022 e eee eee 190 About the Dragon Web Extension The Drag
217. n re install Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragon system requirements The install process checks that your system meets the minimum requirements if they are not met Dragon NaturallySpeaking will not be installed Note Supports Microsoft Office 2010 amp 2013 Does not support dictation directly into Electronic Medical Record EMR systems For EMR support please use Dragon Medical Edition RAM Minimum 2 GB for 32 bit Windows 7 8 amp 8 1 4 GB for 64 bit Windows 7 8 amp 8 1 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 CPU Minimum 2 2 GHz Intel dual core or equivalent AMD processor Faster processors yield faster performance Free hard disk space 4GB Supported Operating Systems Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 8 amp 8 1 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Internet Explorer 9 or higher or the current version of Chrome or Firefox for Online Help Asound card supporting 16 bit recording Chapter 3 Getting Started A DVD ROM drive for installation A Nuance approved microphone See support nuance com compatibility for more information An Internet connection for automatic product activation a quick anonymous process Top Ways to use Dragon If you want to get started quickly check out the topics listed here They explain the top things you need to know about common tasks and concepts Click a heading to open that topic Getting Started Descriptions
218. nd Browser say Include Global or on the Command Browser Ribbon Bar click Include Global Finding commands in the Command Browser If a command exists for a specific application or context you can use the Command Browser to find it To find a specific command 1 Use the list in the Context box to select the application context you want to see commands for Cone 2 Select the Include Global checkbox 266 Dragon Installation and User Guide V Include Global When the Include Global checkbox is selected the Command Browser displays all the commands available in the current command context including any commands available in all global contexts Note that the Command Browser initially opens with Global Commands selected in the Context list box so that the Include Global checkbox is not active You must select a different command context to make the Include Global checkbox active PF Keyword Filter Click Keyword Filter to display the Keyword Filter dialog box Say or type a letter or word of the command you are looking for in the Choose word box The list below the box scrolls to the first instance of that letter or word in the list If the letter or word exists it is selected If the letter or word does not appear then there is no command in the current context that uses them Double click on the word in the list or click Add to add the word to the Current list of filter words box If necessary
219. nd acronyms Auto formatting contractions Enable this option if you want Dragon to expand contractions when you dictate them For example if you say Don t go near the water Dragon NaturallySpeaking transcribes Do not go near the water If you leave this option turned off Dragon NaturallySpeaking enters contractions the way you dictate them Note In some situations the formal expression of a contraction may be ambiguous For example the phrase It s always could either mean It is always or It has always depending on the tense of the verb that follows In this situation Dragon NaturallySpeaking always expands the contraction regardless of how this option is set Auto formatting million instead of 000 000 Enable this option to have Dragon enter the word million rather than zeros and commas 000 000 when you dictate round numbers in the millions For example Dragon enters 8 million rather than 8 000 000 If a number in the millions range is not rounded to the nearest million Dragon enters the number as digits For example if you dictate eight million one hundred thousand Dragon enters 8 100 000 Auto formatting numbers if greater than or equal to Enters numbers as numerals if they are equal to or greater than the value shown in the 235 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy drop down list If the number is less than the chosen value the number is spelled out For example using
220. nderstands the context of what you re working on and it displays text you didn t dictate and that you can t edit This can happen when the focus of the application you re using is on a field you can t edit and m you intentionally open the Dictation Box or m you speak into your microphone prompting the Dictation box to open automatically For example if you have your e mail application open with an item in your message list selected the Dictation Box may display the header text of that message If this happens just go to the Dictation Box and say or click Cancel to close it END_NONMED Chapter 8 Using the Dictation Box Dictation Box Settings You open the Dictation Box by selecting Tools gt Dictation Box on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar When you are in Anchored mode you can define your settings from the Dictation Box Settings window where you can configure how the Dictation Box copies text from and pastes text into each application where you plan to use the Dictation Box For example you can have different copy and paste settings for Microsoft PowerPoint and Corel WordPerfect To open the Settings dialog box click the Settings button inside the Dictation Box Note If you are not in Anchored mode you won t see the Settings button Instead you can configure the Dictation Box by selecting Tools gt Options and then going to the Dictation Box tab Note You can have multiple Dictation Boxes open at one time and
221. nditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution m Neither the name of the University of California Berkeley nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL Copyright SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Dave Barry in Cyberspace Copyright 1996 by Dave Barry Published by Crown Publishers 2001 A Space Odyssey Copyright 1968 by A
222. net Explorer 2 Click the cog icon L box opens and then select Manage add ons The Manage Add ons dialog 3 Look for the Dragon Web Extension and plugin and ensure the status is Enabled Nuance Communications Inc Dragon NaturallySpeaking HT Nuance Communicatio Enabled 32 bit and 64 bit Dragon Web Extension For Inter Nuance Communicatio Enabled 32 bit and 64 bit If the status is Disabled do the following to enable it Select the extension m Click Enable at the bottom of the Manage Add ons dialog box Restart the browser 182 Dragon Installation and User Guide Mozilla Firefox 1 Open Mozilla Firefox 2 Click the Firefox button or the Menu icon and then select Add ons The Add ons Manager appears 3 Click Plugins and look for the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Plugin a Dragon NaturallySpeaking Plugin 12 80 200 273 Dragon NaturallySpeaking HTML Component More Always Activate v 4 Click Extensions and look for the Dragon Web Extension 6 Dragon Web Extension 12 80 100 007 Rich internet application support for Dragon NaturallySpeaking More In older versions of Firefox the Enable option appears rather than Always Activate Click the Enable button to enable it Google Chrome 1 Open Google Chrome 2 Click the menu icon and then select Settings The Settings page opens 3 Click Extensions Chrome extensions appear 4 Look for the Dragon Web Extension and ensure it is enabled Dra
223. ng Center say click and its label Similarly to click a tab say click followed by its label 74 Learning Center Microsoft Mail Mail Bete tires The basics Shortcut commands Navigating Manage e mail Manage e mail Delete message Copy this message to a folder Mark the message as unread Click Reply Open message Forward message Using the selected email Reply to this Click Reply Reply to all Forward this Email the selection to Delete message Mark it as unread Move this to lt name gt folder Move this to a folder Print this Tip You can say mail or email instead of message Contacts and Calendar Interactive Tutorial Dragon on the web Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 6 Using the Dragon Learning Center Note If you dock the Learning Center the icons on the desktop may move which could disrupt your desktop arrangement 76 Chapter 7 Dictating Text Chapter 7 Dictating Text This section contains the following topics Dictation BASICS AA AS 77 Undoing actions AA 78 Correcting text errors as you dictate aa 79 Dictation commands 2 2 cece ce eee eee ce cece cee cececcececcececceccececsececes 80 Typing or spelling text ioc seca sees eee ccrenninhen rede sisleanerieieteciruevisedeenetecatn 81 Spe llingwordS AA een ene eee 82 Dictating numbers eee cece cece ec eee eee eee ec ce c
224. ng commands The Dragon Web Extension adds the following voice commands to most email web applications See also Editing text ina supported Web application 184 185 Dragon Installation and User Guide Show all places on the page where you can Click Type Text enter text or Click Edit Box Show all text fields on the page Click Text Field Show all check boxes on the page Click Check Box Show all images on the page with links Click Image Show all buttons on the page Click Button Show all links on the page Click Link Show all radio buttons on the page Click Radio Button Show all boxes on the page with lists of Click List Box choice Open alist of choices Show Choices Close a list of choices Hide Choices Choose an entry from a list of choices Choose lt text gt for example Choose Hardware Compatibility Guide Saying Choose is optional Using Dragon s Web capabilities without the Dragon Web Extension If the Dragon Web Extension isn t available you cannot click web page elements by voice directly also for Firefox and Chrome none of the text fields have Full Text Control Symptoms of lack of Full Text Control include m The Dictation Box appears if the option for this automatic opening is active m Dragon does not capitalize the first word m Dragon does not insert space before a word as expected Without the Dragon Web Extension you ll need to click page elements manually or with globa
225. ng on Your Desktop This section contains the following topics Starting and exiting programs 2 2 2 0 coe eee cece eee ccc ec cee eeceeceeceeeeeeees 208 Using Windows Desktop commands 2 2 0 2002 e cee cece cee cee ceceeceeeeeeceeees 210 Controlling menus occ eee c cece cece eee aaeoa oaaao aoaaa 213 Selecting buttons and dialog box options 0 20 22 cece e eee ec cece cece 213 Selecting tabs in a dialog box 0 c eee e cece eee eeeceececceeceeeees 214 Resizing and closing windows 0 220 202 0220 c eee cece ec cec eee ceccecceeeeeceeceeseeees 214 Selecting and opening icons 2 2 eee eee ee ee cee cee eee eee eee ee eee eneeneeneenes 215 Scrolling in windows and lists 2 2 20 0 20 20 cece eee cece eee c eee ec cece eececeeeceeeeeceeee 215 Searching your Desktop by voice 20 20 22 o cece cece ce cece cece cee eeeceeceeceee 216 Switching between programs and windows 0 22 22 cee cece eee ee cee eeeees 217 Starting and exiting programs Use the following voice commands to open programs that appear anywhere on your Start menu or your Desktop even when the Start menu or Desktop are not visible Attention The ability to open a desktop or Start menu item by name at any time is an option Turning it off can reduce computer memory use and eliminate misrecognitions of dictation as commands See Enable launching from the Start menu in the Dragon
226. ng text quick reference When you correct recognition errors Dragon NaturallySpeaking adapts your User Profile so errors are less likely to happen again See also m Using Direct Editing You can correct recognition errors in the following ways Correct a word or Correct lt wrong word or phrase gt if there are multiple matches in phrase you specify the editable text a number will appear next to each one say the number of the desired one or say choose all Correct the last thing Correct That or Correct This you said Correct the selected Correct That or Correct This text Correct a range of text Correct dark through night where dark is the first word to correct and night is the last word to correct You don t have to include the entire phrase when you use this command Correct from lt text gt to lt text gt Outside US and Canada Correct lt text gt through lt text gt In the US and Canada Delete text you just Scratch That dictated Play back the recorded Play That Back speech for the selected Note Web applications have only limited playback text Use the Extras toolbar Show extras if the Extras toolbar is not visible or click the Extras avaliable ONirOp UNG button KI on the Classic DragonBar then click the Correction Classic DragonBar and in higher editions of button to bring up the correction interface If you click this Dragon button while Dragon is playing back text this
227. ng the following choices Note Some Dragon NaturallySpeaking editions or add on products may install additional Vocabularies Opening Vocabularies Use the following procedure to open another Vocabulary associated with your User Profile You can have only one Vocabulary open at a time See Adding a Vocabulary for more information To open a Vocabulary 1 Say Manage Vocabularies or click Vocabulary gt Manage Vocabularies on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Onthe Manage Vocabularies dialog box select the name of the Vocabulary you want to open and click Open If you made changes to the current Vocabulary the system prompts you to save your speech files before the selected Vocabulary opens To open a recently used Vocabulary Use the following procedure if you have one or more Vocabularies associated with your User Profile and you want to switch to the most recent one you used m Say Open Recent Vocabulary or click Vocabulary gt Open Recent Vocabulary on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Dragon opens the most recent Vocabulary associated with your User Profile Notes m Any phrases you add to a Vocabulary are available in that Vocabulary only but custom voice commands are always available no matter which Vocabulary you are using m Switching Vocabularies has no effect on the text in the document window It does however close any open dialog boxes such as General Training and Vocabulary Editor Vo
228. ng the following commands To delete characters words lines or paragraphs Say Then Say Then Say Delete Next Character Previous 1 Character Last lt 2 20 gt Characters lt 2 20 gt Words 4 Line lt 2 20 gt Lines Paragraph 4 Paragraph lt 2 20 gt Paragraphs Examples Delete Next Character Delete Previous 4 Lines Notes Ifyou delete text and an extra space remains say Delete Next Character Delete Previous Character or Backspace to remove the space Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad on which the word processing features of Dragon NaturallySpeaking are based For example in Windows Notepad the paragraph commands don t work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field Deleting by backspacing Use the following commands to remove characters to the left of the insertion point 126 Chapter 12 Moving around in a document To delete characters Say Backspace or Backspace followed by the number of characters you want to delete from 2 to 20 Examples Backspace will delete one character Backspace 5 will delete 5 characters 127 128 Formatting This section contains the following topics Formatting text Formatting numbers Setting font name
229. ning Center to the left Change the font size of the Learning Center Float the Learning Center Auto hide the Learning Center not available in Floating Disable auto hide not available in Floating Say this What can say y Dragon Learning Center or Dragon Sidebar you can also precede this with Open Launch Start Show or Show Me y Sample Commands or Command list you can precede this with Open Launch Start Show or Show Me gt Switch to Learning Center Click My Commands Learning Center dock right Learning Center dock left Learning Center Font Small Medium Large Learning Center float or y Learning Center undock Learning Center auto hide Learning Center stop hiding Chapter 6 Using the Dragon Learning Center Or do this Select Learning Center from the DragonBar s Help menu Select the MyCommands tab on the Learning Center Right click on the Learning Center and select Dock right Right click on the Learning Center and select Dock left Right click on the Learning Center and select Font Size gt Small Medium or Large Right click on the Learning Center and select Floating Right click on the Learning Center and select Auto hide Right click on the Learning Center and deselect Auto hide 72 73 Set the Learning Center to Always on Top Turn off Always on Top Increase the Learning C
230. ns that can accept standard keyboard shortcuts for Windows Clipboard operations In some applications that do not accept these commands your text may be lost or changed when you transfer text in and out of the Dictation Box The Copy options define what kind of copied text the Dictation Box can receive from an application Test your application before you start and if you lose text when you try to transfer text to the application try different selections under the Copy and Paste options detailed below Copy Do not copy Does not copy any text from the application when the Dictation Box is started a Type keys lt Ctri C gt Uses Ctrl C to copy text from the application m Use Windows Copy Command Uses the Windows copy command to copy text from the application Type keys lt CtrI V gt Uses Ctrl V to copy text from the Dictation Box to the application m Use Windows Paste Command Uses the Windows Paste Command to copy text from the Dictation Box to the application m Simulate keystrokes Sends keystrokes from the Dictation Box to the application Use Simulate keystrokes if the other methods of pasting text do not work Show character count Select this check box to have the character count display the number of characters in the Dictation Box Keep transferred text in clipboard when the Dictation Box is closed Check this option to have Dragon NaturallySpeaking hold the text dictated into the Dictation Box in the Window
231. nsion bookmark this page to install the extension later Chapter 14 Working with Web applications 4 Click Add Chrome downloads and installs the extension Chrome Web Store Drag x d C 6 https chrome google com webstore e detail dragon web extension gpbemfodfdmfflahggcmhfceiocgfnag related Ee i Dragon Web Extension has been added to a eP Chrome Sign in to Chrometo get this extension your history and other Chrome settings on all your devices 165 Dragon Web Extension 0 Productivity from nuancedragondev OVERVIEW DETAILS REVIEWS RELATED 8 0 Related TooManyTabs for M LastPass Free pem Adblock for Pe New Tab Redirect sagi Chrome 3 Password Manager _ o B Youtube 4 gt KAKO 1508 KKK 1252 Pete te tee 10020 dette key 4379 Resolving problems If you re having trouble see If you have problems using Web Application support Do you need to re install If you did not enable the extension initially copy and paste the appropriate link to the address bar of your browser for installation instructions Internet Explorer https dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser ie Chrome https dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser chrome Firefox https dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser firefox How to tell if the Dragon Web Extension is Enabled To determine if the Dragon Web Extension is enabled Internet Explorer 1 Open Inter
232. nterfaces the modern interface formerly known as Metro as well as the desktop interface Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Chapter 2 Installing Dragon This section contains the following topics Installation and User Profile Creation c cece ccc cece ccc ec cee cecceeceecees Dragon system requirements GG eee Gama What you should know before installing eee cece eee e cece eee eee es Installing Dragon to a custom location 0 cece eee cece cece cece eee eceeeceeeeees Installation Prerequisites 2 2 2 0 0 2 0 2 2 022 c cece cence ccc ce cece cece cceeccecceecseeseeees Installing Software Typical Installation c cece eee cece eee ec eee eeeeeee Installing Software Custom Installation 2 2 2 00 0 0 0020 c cece cece cece eee cece eee Modifying application settings for all users Modifying formatting options for all users eee ce eee cece eee eceeeeees Creating your user profile aaa Setting up positioning and checking your microphone a Training a user profile cece ccc c cece cece ccc ec eee ceceeeceeececeececceeeeees Upgrading User Profiles APA APAN Default installation folders 22 2 2 0 000000 c ccc e cece cece cece cece cc ceecceceeceeceeeceeeees Installation and User Profile Creation Introduction This chapter presents how to install and set up Dragon and then how to
233. ntrol menus When you first install Dragon NaturallySpeaking this option is on by default Selecting buttons and dialog box options You can select buttons and dialog box options by voice The dialog box must be the active window To select a button checkbox or option p Say Click followed by the name of the button or other control as it appears in the window Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop Saying Click before the name of the button required If you want to make it optional you can specify that Click ought not be spoken on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box To open a list If the list is selected the item displayed is highlighted say Expand List or Drop List If the list is not selected say the name of the list To open the next list say Press Tab and then either Expand List or Drop List To click the Close or OK buttons Say Close or Click Close OK or Click OK Notes m You cannot say the following items file names in dialog boxes folder names in dialog boxes names of items within list boxes and toolbar icons m On some versions of Windows you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the Voice enable menus buttons and other controls excluding box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box Selecting tabs in a dialog box You can select tabs on a tabbed dialog box such as the Options dialog box in Dragon NaturallySpeaking in t
234. o Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities For more information see The Full Text Control Indicator Knowing additional ways to perform the following tasks by voice is useful in revising text Click the following links for more detailed explanations Moving around in a document Selecting text Deleting dictated text Formatting text Automatically Format Text see Dragon Help Notes m Dragon can auto format text and numbers using standard writing conventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate For information about these settings see Auto formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box Dragon s Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto Formatting Options m When you use the select or correct command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen Dragon selects the entire hyphenation For example in the Chapter 11 Revising Text hyphenated word brother in law if you say correct brother because you only need to change that Dragon selects brother in law 113 114 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 12 Moving around ina document The following topics describe how to move the text inserti
235. o continue If you selected words to add to the Vocabulary a Train Words screen opens 7 You can click Train to train Dragon about how you pronounce each added word 8 When you finish training new words click Next The Adapt to Writing Style screen opens indicating whether the adaptation was successfully completed 9 Click Next to continue The Summary screen opens showing the results of the scan For example 1 new word was found and 1 word was added to your Vocabulary 10 Click Finish to close the wizard 11 Say Switch to DragonBar and then Profile and then Save User Profile or click Profile 5 Save User Profile on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar to finish adding the words Notes m Ifyou make a mistake and do not want to add the words avoid making additional changes to the Vocabulary that you want to save and then exit Dragon NaturallySpeaking without saving m When adding words from documents you will get the better results if you remove all formatting from the documents you use For information about how to prepare documents see the topic Preparing documents to add to the Vocabulary Importing lists of words or phrases Use the Import list of words or phrases wizard if you want to add multiple word phrases to your Vocabulary even if they are used in documents that you will process using the Learn from Specific Documents wizard You should do this because the Import list of words or phrases wizard adds
236. oard mic will be listed here Dragon also lists the following devices you will need additional hardware to use them Dragon Remote Microphone Application Use the Dragon Remote Microphone application if you want to use a mobile device as a wireless microphone If you chose the Dragon Remote Microphone application you must also install the Dragon Remote Microphone application on the mobile device For more information see Using a mobile device as a wireless microphone in the Dragon Help The Dragon Remote Microphone application supports the following devices a Apple iPhone 3GS and higher iPad 1 2 and 3 and iPod touch 4 and higher using iOS 4 2 and higher For iOS devices the app is available from iTunes and the App Store m Mobile devices and tablets using Android OS 2 2 and higher For Android based devices the app is available from Google Play formerly called the Android Market For more information about downloading and installing the application and the latest list of supported devices on Nuance com click here 68 Dragon Installation and User Guide Use this section for details about selecting handheld recording choices If your Dragon installation is configured to use with commands only you won t see this section Handheld or smartphone with recording application Select this option if you ll be dictating with a mobile device capable of storing digital recordings and transferring them to your computer Digital audio r
237. ocabularies This section contains the following topics About Vocabularies 00000000000 0000da a000 00da aaoo 00E aAa oa araara 258 Opening Vocabularies 00 0 000000000000000 aaao aaaea aooaa aaao 0 daara 259 Adding a Vocabulary to a User Profile 0000000000000000000000000 00000000000 ecceceeccecceecteee 260 Deleting Vocabularies 22 2 2 00 ccc la 261 Renaming Vocabularies 0 20 20 0 cece cece c eee e cece ec cec eee cececececceececececeeceeceeeee 261 Importing Vocabularies c cece eee ec eee eececececeeeceececceeceeeeees 261 Exporting Vocabularies 2 2 22 0 00 20 o cece cece ccc ec ccc cece eee eececeeeceeceecececeseeceeeeeeee 262 About Vocabularies Dragon NaturallySpeaking uses one or more Vocabularies with your User Profile to help it to recognize words and phrases correctly based not only on the sound of the words and phrases but also on their context When you create a new User Profile you select a Base Vocabulary that Dragon then updates as it adapts to your speech When you create a new User Profile or add a Vocabulary to an existing User Profile Dragon bases the new Vocabulary on an existing Vocabulary Language The languages available for your Vocabulary Some editions of Dragon support multiple languages Vocabulary type In most cases your User Profile will be based on the General Vocabulary a large Vocabulary providing excellent recognition a
238. ode or Normal Mode On On the New DragonBar these commands select Dictation amp Commands mode a From the Recognition Mode drop down list on the New DragonBar select Dictation amp Commands m On the Modes menu of the Classic DragonBar click Normal Mode Now listening for To switch to Dictation Mode Le ss Say Switch to Dictation Mode or Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On m Hold down the Shift key as you dictate m From the Recognition Mode drop down list on the New DragonBar select Dictation m On the Modes menu of the Classic DragonBar click Dictation Mode Now listening for NG C nd To switch to Command Mode yg commands m Say Switch to Command Mode or Start Command Mode or Command Mode On m Hold down the Control key as you dictate m From the Recognition Mode drop down list on the New DragonBar select Commands m On the Modes menu of the Classic DragonBar click Command Mode Now listening for To switch to Numbers Mode Numbers m Say Switch to Numbers Mode or Start Numbers Mode or Numbers Mode On m From the Recognition Mode drop down list on the New DragonBar select Numbers m On the Modes menu of the Classic DragonBar click Numbers Mode 245 Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Now listening for To switch to Spell Mode or mia m Say Switch to Spell Mode or Start Spell Mode or Spell Mode On m From the Recognition Mode drop down lis
239. om any corrections and training you do Language Model Optimization Perform Language Model Optimization to update your language model The language model contains statistical information that predicts which words are most likely to occur in the context of your dictations Language Model Optimization uses text extracted from your DRA files to add commonly used word sequences to the language model Note Based on the speech data collected Language Model Optimization may change the language model selected when you created your Profile Before you begin Because it can take up to an hour to incorporate the analyzed data into your Profile you may want to schedule the optimization when you are not using your computer You can schedule optimization using the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler If you are part of an organization or company and you do not have Dragon administrator rights you can request that your Dragon administrator schedule optimization Besure that the Store corrections in archive option is selected on the Data tab of the Options dialog box Otherwise you may see a message that there is not enough data for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer to process The Store corrections in archive option should be selected whenever you use Dragon NaturallySpeaking for an extended period of time a Ifyou have a Profile set to the Correction Only Mode for example to work as a transcriptionist you must disable t
240. ommand Browser 22 20 0 2 0 20 ccc cece cece cece eee eececeeeceeees 264 About the Command Browser 2 22 2 eee cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece ce cecceceeeeeeeeeeeees 264 Opening the Command Browser 0 00 22 c cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eeteteeesereeeees 265 Finding commands in the Command Browser eee ee eee eee ccc cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Training commands in the Command Browser cece cece e cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeseeees 268 The Dragon Glossary 2 ccc cece ccc ccc cece cece cece ee ceeeeeceeceeeeceeeseeeceeeeeees 270 i Le een AA GA OE ee ee BLING PANG UN EE ee eee ee een ah 280 xiii 14 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 1 What s New in Dragon Version 13 Web experience The Dragon Web extension now gives Full Text Control in Chrome and Firefox as well as in Internet Explorer in most websites In order to use Dragon in the supported browsers you must enable this add on There are some differences in functionality between browsers When you are in Internet Explorer Firefox or Chrome see the Learning Center for commands you might want to say as well as tips For more information see Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension Enhancing Accuracy In addition to higher out of the box accuracy Dragon 13 introduces enhancements to what you can do to increase your accuracy
241. ommands in word processing programs Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides Natural Language Commands for use with popular word processing programs other than Microsoft Word and Corel WordPerfect By using these commands you can avoid the multiple menu selection and mouse movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface These commands let you Move the text insertion point around a document m Selecta word phrase or block of text m Format text including indenting text changing text fonts and styles setting colors applying paragraph styles adding tables setting margins and inserting new lines and paragraphs Run spelling and grammar checks m Edit text including moving copying pasting and deleting text m Print all or part of a document and print preview your work Because the number of valid commands is so large you should just try saying what you want to do If you get unexpected results say Undo That to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command Alternatively you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Learning Center for more information Notes m Dragon NaturallySpeaking displays commands with a blue border in the Results box If you say a phrase that produces no action look in the Results box If the box does not have a blue border Dragon NaturallySpeaking does not recognize it as a valid command For example if you say Insert a 2 by 2 Table when the insertion point is insi
242. on accuracy What can say You can ask Dragon NaturallySpeaking to list commands for your current Windows task at any time When you say What can I say Dragon NaturallySpeaking opens the Dragon Learning Center showing lists of applicable commands Using Dragon with your Word Processor Dragon supports countless commands with the leading word processing programs from 35 36 Dragon Installation and User Guide Microsoft Word to WordPerfect to OpenOffice org Writer Searching by voice Using Help Dragon NaturallySpeaking Voice Shortcuts collapse The DragonBar s common multi step tasks into direct voice commands Help menu provides that you can say at anytime no matter what is active access to many Help on your screen Voice Shortcuts speed up searching tools including the the Internet searching your computer starting e Accuracy Center mails and more the Performance Assistant Dragon s Help the Learning Center and the interactive tutorial You ll also find Web links for software updates the main Dragon page on the Web Technical Support pages and for online registration Working with Windows 8 and Windows 8 1 With Windows 8 Microsoft introduced major changes for end users compared to previous operating systems it added a second interface known as Modern and formerly as Metro and removed the Start button from the familiar desktop interface With the release of
243. on Web Extension allows you to use Full Text Control in supported browsers and most Web applications to help you perform common tasks by voice For example you can say Click Link Click Button or Click Inbox to click the elements on the page If you do not install the Dragon web extension you cannot click page elements by voice In addition Full Text Control is not available for dictation in the browsers and Web applications Without the Dragon web extension enabled you ll need to click Web page elements using your mouse and keyboard and dictate content using the Dictation Box Note Dragon s functionality differs between Web browsers For more information see Working with a Web browser For example in Chrome you cannot use the Refresh Page command For this action you must use global commands such as mouse commands or press commands such as Press F5 Browser requirements for the Dragon Web Extension The Dragon Web Extension is available in the following Web browsers and versions Microsoft Internet Explorer version 9 10 and 11 both 32 bit and 64 bit m Mozilla Firefox version 24 and later m Google Chrome 176 177 Dragon Installation and User Guide If you don t have one of these browsers in the version listed you cannot click page elements by voice In addition Full Text Control is not available in the browsers and Web applications You ll need to click page elements manually or using MouseGrid and mouse
244. on point around in a document Moving the insertion point Moving to specific words Moving to the beginning or end of a line or document Moving the insertion point Use the procedures in this topic to move the text insertion point as follows a by characters by words m bylines by paragraphs Note Anytime you move the insertion point by voice keyboard or mouse you can move it back to where it was by saying Go Back For more information see Using Go Back to move the cursor To move the insertion point by characters Say the following to move the insertion point left or right by a number of characters Say Then say Then say Right lt 4 20 gt a character lt 1 20 gt characters pene Examples Move Right 3 Move Back 15 characters Chapter 12 Moving around in a document 115 116 Say Say Say Dragon Installation and User Guide To move the insertion point by words Say the following to move the insertion point by a number of words Then say Then say Right a Word Forward lt 1 20 gt Words Left Back Examples Move Left 3 Words Move Forward a Word To move the insertion point by lines Say the following to move the insertion point up or down by lines These commands press the up and down arrow keys Then say Then say lt 1 20 gt Lines Examples Move Up 3 Lines Move Down 5 To move the insertion points by paragraphs You can use thes
245. ontent and use commands just as you would in a desktop program Without the extension you ll need to click Web page elements using your mouse and keyboard and dictate content using the Dictation Box Roaming User Profile definition See Master Roaming User Profile Say What You See definition Say What You See means that you can say whatever commands you see labeled on your screen to control applications by voice For example you can say the names of menus 276 277 Dragon Installation and User Guide menu commands or items in a dialog box To display the Insert menu in Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel you would say Insert and then say the name of any of the available commands as required Another example is the ability to open a Desktop item a folder for instance by saying open followed immediately by its name Scripting definition Dragon scripting language extensions provide a set of tools for creating voice commands Creating scripting commands requires familiarity with the Microsoft Visual Basic programming language Unknown text field definition An editable window or field that does not support all of Dragon s selection and correction capabilities When the cursor is positioned in an unknown text field the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar displays the message Unknown text field consider using show Dictation Box See Help In those cases Dragon s Full Text Control indicator is grey Y
246. ontrolling the Microphone in the Dragon Help for more information Volume Display When Dragon hears you well the volume display on the New DragonBar A or the Classic DragonBar turns green and expands and contracts as 55 56 Dragon Installation and User Guide you speak No color displays when the microphone is turned off or is not responding The display turns gray when the microphone is asleep Text Control Indicator There is a Text Control Indicator on the New DragonBar Gl or the Classic DragonBar EA that changes to indicate whether Dragon currently has Full Text Control See The Text Control Indicator for more information Recognition Mode Indicator The Recognition Mode Indicator shows you Dragon s current mode On the New DragonBar you select modes from the Recognition Mode drop down list On the Classic DragonBar you select modes from the Modes menu The Recognition Mode Indicator then changes depending on the recognition mode that you select The default mode is Normal mode The following table describes the Recognition modes Click the links for more information on using the Recognition modes New DragonBar Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Classic Recognition PIECO EU mode Normal Mode Dictation Mode Command Mode 23 Numbers Mode Description Dragon s default mode of dictation In Normal Mode Dragon distinguishes dictation from words numbers and command
247. ook Add in is enabled in the Outlook Options See the Microsoft Help for information about setting the options a The e mail commands mail it to send this to and forward that to have been removed from Version 12 You can continue to use e mail the selection to command Enabling or disabling these shortcut commands To enable or disable e mail and calendar commands open the Options dialog box Commands Tab and do one of the following gt Select or deselect the Enable E mail and Calendar commands check box The option is enabled by default Commands for Windows Live Mail You can use the following voice commands using Windows Live Mail 160 161 Dragon Installation and User Guide Start the e mail application Start Windows Live Mail Instead of start you can also say open launch or show For example say show Windows L ive Mail Read messages Check for New Mail Open Message Go To Next Unread Message Mark Message as Unread Go To Previous Message Delete Message Close the Message Window Create and send a message 1 Create Message 2 Move to Text Field 3 Then dictate the content of your message and when you ready to send say Send Message Go to your Windows contacts Go to the Windows contacts for Windows 7 only folder for Windows 7 only Display contacts folder for Live Mail only Reply to a message 1 Reply to Author to reply
248. ord Microsoft Excel Microsoft Outlook Please see the Dragon Help for Microsoft PowerPoint and Microsoft InfoPath WordPad a Corel WordPerfect see Dragon Help m Lotus Notes see Dragon Help m OpenOffice org Writer see Dragon Help m Internet Explorer Google Chrome and Mozilla Firefox a Global Chapter 6 Using the Dragon Learning Center If you click in an application for which Dragon does not have specific commands for example Notepad Skype or iTunes the Learning Center displays general tips plus commands available at all times these are called global commands and commands for controlling the Learning Center itself The Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center You can use the Learning Center to see advice and commands related to your active application The contents of the Learning Center change when the focus changes to another window For instance if you click on the DragonBar the Learning Center will show content relevant to the DragonBar and if you click in Internet Explorer the Learning Center will show content relevant to Internet Explorer See Using the Learning Center The Learning Center has two tabs The first tab displays an accordion system of expandable panels containing commands and advice its top panel is open by default and contains essential advice The second tab labeled MyCommands is for custom commands if available in your edition of Dragon To open each panel in the Learni
249. ormatting and correction commands such as italicize lt x YZ gt or bold sXYZ Direct Editing commands formerly called Quick Voice Formatting commands are faster than conventional commands because they tell Dragon to go to other places in your document apply formatting there and return the cursor back to where you are working DragonPad definition Dragon s built in word processor optimized for dictation and includes basic text formatting features as well as the ability to save and print documents The Dragon Glossary Dragon Templates with Voice Fields definition A special kind of custom form available to paste into applications by voice providing fields for common variable information that you can fill in by voice Dragon Voice Shortcuts definition Dragon voice shortcuts collapse common multi step tasks into direct voice commands that you can say at anytime no matter what is active on your screen For example you can immediately switch to and start a new task such as search the Web or your computer or compose an e mail or set up an appointment Field definition A field also referred to as a variable field is an alphanumeric string enclosed by text delimiters For example the following sentence appears in the Dragon CCU fellow admit template included in Dragon Medical The patient was seen in conjunction with Dr ProviderName In the example ProviderName is the variable field the square bracke
250. ositioning headset 68 Microsoft Outlook E mail and Calendar COMMANGS AG ARA 158 Microsoft Excel ua 168 169 173 basic spreadsheet commands 169 commands for 168 169 173 formatting text 173 Scrolling iN AA AA 139 working with 168 working with content 173 Microsoft Office scrolling in 0 20 20222 e eee eee 139 using the ribbon 2 2 2 140 Microsoft Outlook 162 165 adding contacts 2 22 22 22 164 commands for 005 162 165 Email and Calendar commands 158 making appointments 163 reading and sending e mail 162 scrolling in 139 working with 2 2 2 20 20222 162 writing notes 2 2 22 20 20 22 165 287 Index Microsoft PowerPoint scrolling in eee ee 139 Microsoft Windows system requirements 18 42 Microsoft Word 2 2 222222 144 152 basic document commands 144 commands for si 5 5 cctacacseaaounda 144 152 formatting text 152 selecting textin 0 0 00 20 2202022 152 working with 144 Military time 2 00 0 00000 0220 c cece eee eee 237 minimum system requirements 18 42 misrecognized commands 102 mobile device choosing a speech device 67 modes recognition definition 276 using 24
251. ou can select specific documents or entire folders containing typical documents your own or those of others that reflect the type of dictation you will typically do You can then train Dragon how you pronounce unusual words or about proper names you need to dictate For example if you were an academic and ran the tool to add words from essays and articles in your field of study or a blogger using a lot of new acronyms Dragon would automatically learn your words word frequency and contexts and make better guesses about your speech Dragon also moves words from its backup dictionary to its active vocabulary based on the scan If there are a lot of words to train you ll need to plan this activity when you have a few minutes to spend adding the words Learn from sent e mails Similar to Learn from specific documents this tool helps refine your profile by analyzing representative text only in this case it analyzes e mail messages sent from your installed email program In addition to analyzing frequency of word use and typical word sequences it can suggest contact names you may want to add to the vocabulary Note For the first run plan this activity when you can let Dragon use your computer for 5 to 30 minutes Subsequent scans build on the first one however and are much faster Run Accuracy Tuning This process refines your user profile by analyzing audio and text data that Dragon archives from your dictation You can launch Accuracy T
252. ou can usually select correct and use various commands in unknown text fields but if you have trouble use the Dictation Box and transfer text from it into the application Windows shortcut definition You can use Windows Shortcuts and command lines to open User Profiles and Vocabularies directly Spell Mode definition A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only letters numbers commands and punctuation Spell mode is useful for dictating unpronounceable alphanumeric strings such as part numbers and license plate numbers and other terms you anticipate Dragon won t know such as Web addresses words in a foreign language or unusual product names Say Start Spell Mode or Spell Mode On You can still use commands while in Spell Mode Spoken Form definition Refers to words that are spoken one way but written a different way the Written Form This feature lets you add a word that for example types your phone number whenever you say phone number line or automatically adds punctuation such as UK or USA which would normally include punctuation in the written forms U K and U S A Structured Commands definition Used to control the action of a command based on the existence of a state in the application the command is used for For example when you assign a state to each field in a form the same command can perform different actions depending on which field is activated You can use A
253. ou have trained any corrections even if you have corrected errors without training the corrections or before you have performed any additional training you will see an error message saying that there is not enough data for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer to process Training multiple words or phrases rather than training individual words is generally more effective at increasing accuracy Most people have a tendency to over enunciate when saying individual words as opposed to a complete phrase The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer automatically makes a backup of the old Profile before it begins modifying them Your Profile is automatically restored if you click Cancel before the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer is finished 242 243 Dragon Installation and User Guide Recognition Modes This section contains the following topics Using Recognition Modes 2 20 2 2c cece cece cece cece cece c ee cceceeceecceceeeceeeececeeeeeee 243 Switching recognition modes Using Recognition Modes By default Dragon interprets what it hears as either dictation something to write on the screen or acommand something to execute This is called Dictation amp Commands mode on the New DragonBar or Normal Mode on the Classic DragonBar Dragon NaturallySpeaking allows you to use restricted Recognition Modes which increases accuracy in transcription and is more efficient The following describes ways you can use these mode
254. ou never use for a word you want to use such as Schaeffer instead of Schafer To delete words 1 Open the Vocabulary Editor Click Vocabulary gt Open Vocabulary Editor on the DragonBar or say Edit Vocabulary or Open Vocabulary Editor 2 Select the desired word To find the word you want to delete enter it into the Search field type it or use the spell command to enter it character by character 3 When the word appears and is highlighted use the Delete button or say click Delete 4 Close the Vocabulary Editor To restore words Use this procedure if you have deleted a word from the Vocabulary and later want to restore it 1 Open the Vocabulary Editor 2 From its Display drop down list choose Deleted Words Only The display now shows any words you have deleted 3 Choose a Deleted word and say click Add or click the Add button Note If you delete a word using the Vocabulary Editor but that word exists in the current document the word may be automatically added back into your active Vocabulary Using the Don t Recognize That Word Command Dragon NaturallySpeaking lets you to turn off recognition of words using the Correction menu and the Don t recognize that word command Don t Recognize That Word removes the selected word from your active Vocabulary so that Dragon NaturallySpeaking won t recognize it again This can save you time if Dragon NaturallySpeaking repeatedly replaces words you dicta
255. ou say It also stores changes you make to the standard options and vocabulary any special words names acronyms and abbreviations you add When you launch the software for the first time the Profile Creation wizard starts and leads you through creating your profile 25 26 Dragon Installation and User Guide Welcome ba Welcome to Nuance Dragon NaturallySpeaking Dragon allows you to create documents control your computer and interact with the digital world all by voice We ll complete a few customization steps and then you can start using your voice to get things done Note Note If you upgraded a single profile from an earlier version Dragon opens that profile If you upgraded multiple profiles it displays all upgraded profiles in the Open User Profile dialog box To create a user profile Proceed through the wizard filling in the information it requests and clicking Next to proceed Note The wizard asks for region of the world you live in to help Dragon transcribe your speech in accordance with regional differences Dragon lets you have profiles in multiple languages If your edition supports more than one language you can install additional languages by choosing Custom during the installation and having the Dragon DVD available to install the language files during the profile creation process Dragon automatically chooses a speech model to use as the foundation for your profile and a vocabulary it u
256. ove the text insertion point to the top or bottom of a document and the beginning or end of a line 117 118 Say Move to Then say Top Top of Document Beginning of Document Start of Document Bottom Bottom of Document End of Document Beginning of Line Start of Line End of Line Examples Go to Top Move to End of Line Note These commands deselect any text that is selected Using Go Back to move the cursor Dragon Installation and User Guide Use the Go Back command to return the cursor insertion point to its original position after you move the cursor by voice keyboard or mouse To move the cursor back to its original position m Pause briefly during dictation and say Go Back You can repeat the command to move the cursor back to where your original action put it Examples Use the Go Back command after commands that move the cursor from place to place such as Select lt text gt See Selecting text quick reference Move lt direction gt See Moving the insertion point Moving the cursor with the mouse or keyboard If you move the cursor around in a document or message with the mouse or keyboard when you say Go Back Dragon returns the cursor returns to where it was last Insert before lt text gt or Insert after lt text gt See Moving to specific words Go to or Move to See Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line Correct lt
257. ove to the First field Move to the Previous field Move to the Next field Move to the Last field Move up or down one line Move up or down one page Go to a specific place in a document or message window Go back to the last place you moved the cursor Note Dragon Installation and User Guide Say Go to Subject Go to Body Go to Last Field Line Up or Line Down Page Up or Page Down Go to lt ocation gt where location can be top bottom start or end Go Back See Using Go Back to move the cursor You can say E mail Message or Memo in place of Mail in these commands Dictating e mail and Web addresses You can dictate e mail and Web addresses as you normally speak them To make sure that the address is lowercase say no caps on Chapter 13 Working in Programs To Dictate Say info samplecompany com no caps on info at sample company dot com no caps off http www samplecompany no caps on http www dot sample company dot com slash sales com sales no caps off m The Web and E mail Addresses box must be selected on the Auto formatting dialog box for you to dictate e mail addresses as described here a You can say the following abbreviations by pronouncing them as words com net org and sys Say the following abbreviations by saying their letters edu gov mil ca de fr jp sp and uk m fan address contains nonwords or words that Dragon NaturallyS
258. owing voice commands to format a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet Change column width Set Column Width to lt number gt Set Width to lt number gt in Column lt number gt Change row and column Shade This Row Column appearance Apply Pattern to Current This Row Column Center the Next Previous lt number gt Rows Columns Indent the Next Previous lt number gt Rows Columns lt number gt Bold Italicize This Row Column Cell Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel You can use the following voice commands to work with content in Microsoft Excel See also Basic commands for Microsoft Excel Edit the contents of a selected cell Sum or average a column or row of numbers Sort a column or row of numbers Change contents from decimals to fractions Lock or unlock contents Fill a cell row or column Delete the contents of a cell row or column Hide the contents of a cell row or column Chapter 13 Working in Programs Edit cell Or Edit selection 1 Move the insertion point to the cell where you want the sum to appear 2 Sum Average the Values on the Right on the Left Above Below 1 Select the row column or range of cells you want to sort 2 Sort the Selection 1 Move the insertion point to the row column or cell you want to change 2 Set this Row Column Cell to Fractions in lt number gt for example Set this Cell to Fractions in Eighths 1 Move the insertio
259. ows 212 213 Dragon Installation and User Guide Controlling menus You can open close and choose items from the menus in most programs by voice To control the menus in a window the window must be active To open a menu Say one of the following Click followed by the name of the menu Just say the menu name Example Click File or File Dragon s default setting is to require that you say Click to select menus and controls See Require Click to select menusRequire Click to select menus in the Dragon Help To choose an item from an open menu Just say the item you can still say Click but Dragon doesn t need you to Example If the File menu is open say New To close a menu p Say Cancel Notes m Say Click Start Menu or Click Start to open the Start menu You must say Click to open the Start menu By default you must say Click before the name of menus in commands To change the setting see Require Click to select menusRequire Click to select menus in the Dragon Help m Saying Cancel is equivalent to pressing the ESC key m In some versions of Windows a feature called Active Accessibility allows you to control certain windows menus and controls by voice If your version of Windows supports Active Accessibility the Voice enable menus buttons and other controls excluding option on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box must be on in order to use voice commands to co
260. peaking does not recognize for example baxterex in juliasmith baxterex com you can correct the recognition error and the address will usually be recognized in the future You can also add names that you commonly use to your Vocabulary m Create text and graphics commands for addresses you dictate frequently m You can use the Spell That command to correct e mail and Web addresses by spelling m You can add the names in your address book to your Dragon NaturallySpeaking Vocabulary by running the Learn From Sent E mails tool Dictating E mail and Calendar commands Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to directly create your e mails as well as Microsoft Outlook calendar entries and tasks missing or bad snippet Before you begin Before using the Dragon e mail and Outlook calendar commands for the first time you must run the Learn From Sent E mails tool so that Dragon NaturallySpeaking knows your e mail contacts To run the tool say Open Accuracy Center then Click Learn From Sent E Mails or click Vocabulary gt Learn From Sent E Mails For more information see Learn From Sent E mails m Make sure Microsoft Outlook is the default e mail client before you start dictating shortcut commands for tasks or calendar The following table lists the types of e mail and calendar commands that Dragon NaturallySpeaking supports an example command and a description of what happens after you say the command 158 159
261. pointment on July 1 at 1pm Move e mail to Inbox folder Dragon Installation and User Guide What happens A new e mail appears addressed to the person s named with as body the selected text or email or as attachment s the file s selected in Windows Explorer A new e mail appears with John Doe and Jane Smith s e mail addresses in the To field A new e mail appears with the phrase Project Schedule in the Subject field A new Meeting window appears with John Doe and Jane Smith listed as attendees This command works only with Microsoft Outlook A new Meeting or Appointment window appears with the phrase vacation time in the Subject field This command works only with Microsoft Outlook A new Meeting or Appointment window appears for the date and time you dictated This command works only with Microsoft Outlook The selected message moves to the Outlook folder used in the command Chapter 13 Working in Programs Example PER AHIR GNG What happens Command Type Syntax Note If the folder name is unusual you may need to add it to Dragon s Vocabulary See Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary Create a task in Create task lt about Create task A task window opens with the Microsoft Outlook on gt about subject today s shopping list today s shopping list Notes m If e mail and calendar commands are not working in Microsoft Outlook make sure the Natspeak Outl
262. pplies to web based email programs only For information on using Dragon with other email programs such as Microsoft Outlook see Working in email programs Before you begin Before you begin make sure m The Web extension is enabled if you are using Internet Explorer Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox Please see How to tell if Web application support is active m You have your email Web application open and you are logged in m fyou re using Gmail you re using Gmail s latest interface layout Dragon s Gmail support only works with the newest Gmail interface and not with Gmail Classic Writing e mail messages Use the following steps to write e mail messages 1 To start a new message say Click New or Click Compose as required 2 Dothe following m Say Click Text Field and then say Choose X where X is the number next to the To field Then Dictate the e mail address of the person you ll be sending the message to If you see a list of suggested addresses choose one from the list by saying Choose lt n gt where lt n gt is the number shown for the address you want to use If the address is not in the list continue dictating the address m Say Click Text Field and then say Choose X where X is the number next to the Subject field Then dictate your subject text m Say Click Text Field and then say Choose X where X is the number next to the Body field Then dictate your message 3 Say Click Send Usi
263. processor and memory resources and may have disabled some of Dragon NaturallySpeaking s Natural Language commands to optimize performance your system You can change these settings to suit your preferences using Dragon s Options dialog box Tools Options from the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar You can change Adjusting the Speed vs Accuracy slider to favor speed For more information see Adjusting Speed vs Accuracy m Deactivating the Natural Language Commands for some or all of the following applications m Microsoft Word m Microsoft Excel m Microsoft PowerPoint Corel WordPerfect Natural Language Commands provide alternate ways to perform specific tasks by voice If they are deactivated you can still perform all actions by voice although it may take a few extra steps including navigating menus and dialogs You can still use commands such as bold that delete line select all backspace 5 etc You can re enable each of these command sets individually using the Natural Language Commands button on the Commands tab of the Options dialog You may wish to do so if speed of response is not your priority If you re enable the Microsoft Word set for instance Dragon s speed within Microsoft Word or Microsoft Outlook using Word as its editor may decrease For more information see Enabling Natural Language Commands Note Dragon s Performance Assistant available from the Help
264. r sounds Dragon NaturallySpeaking may interpret such noises as speech and replace the selection with new text If this happens say Undo That right away to reverse the action Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Notes m You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad on which the word processing features of Dragon NaturallySpeaking are based For example in Windows Notepad the paragraph commands don t work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field Selecting text again Once you have selected a word or phrase you can quickly select another occurrence of the same text To select text again Say Select Again Example In the sentence The frost is on the pumpkin and the fruit is on the vine say Select is on the to select the words is on the after the word fruit Then to select the instance of the words is on the after the word frost say Select Again Changing an incorrect text selection When you select text by saying Select and the text you want selected Dragon NaturallySpeaking searches for the nearest instance of the text from the current location of the insertion point Som
265. r W2 4RJ and format a postal code for Toronto by saying M Five H Two L Two to enter M5H 2L2 See Choose your region and vocabulary in the Dragon Help Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy For user profiles whose region setting is United States If you are using a U S English user profile you can enable UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes from the UK and Canadian postcodes option in this dialog box See Choose your region and vocabulary in the Dragon Help Auto formatting titles Inserts abbreviated versions of any title in Dragon s Abbreviated titles list For example Mr for Mister or Pres for President Auto formatting dates Controls how Dragon NaturallySpeaking formats dates when you dictate the day month and year together Use the drop down button to select the format you want to use most often Available formats are Dates As Spoken Month D YYYY Month DD YYYY Mon D YYYY Mon DD YYYY M DIYYYY M DIYY MM DDIYYYY MM DD YY MM DD YY D Month YYYY D MIYYYY D M YY DD MM YYYY DD MM YY DD Mon YY YYYY MM DD If you clear the Dates checkbox Dragon will not apply automatic date formatting For example after clearing the checkbox if you dictate July twenty seventh Dragon will write July 27th By default Dragon does not use the numeral form of numbers smaller than 10 whether for cardinal numbers one two three or ordinal numbers first second third If the Dates checkbo
266. r correction triggered Options controlled by Smart Format Rules Auto formatting Web and e mail addresses Turns on automatic e mail and Web address formatting so that you can dictate them as you would normally say them out loud For example if you say jane dot smith at my adventure travel dot com Dragon enters Jane Smith myadventuretravel com Dragon substitutes the sign for the spoken at uses a period for dot and omits spaces Or if you say www dot nuance dot com Dragon enters www nuance com Auto formatting street addresses Turns on automatic formatting of postal addresses For example if you say 49 orchard lane boston massachusetts oh two four four six Dragon NaturallySpeaking enters 49 Orchard Lane Boston MA 02446 Certain addresses can be hard for Dragon NaturallySpeaking to interpret For example Two Hundred Forty Fifth Street could be interpreted as 245th Street 200 45th Street or 240 5th Street In a situation like this Dragon NaturallySpeaking uses context to try to determine what you meant In some cases using the word And can help to narrow down the choices In the example above saying Two Hundred And Forty Fifth Street would eliminate 200 45th Street as a possibility For user profiles whose region setting is UK or Canada This option also enables the proper formatting of UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes For example you could format a postcode for London by saying W Two Four R J to ente
267. r to interact with a computer without using a keyboard or mouse To succeed at this goal the program must be able to analyze an incoming stream of sounds and interpret those sounds as commands and dictation This process of interpretation is called speech recognition and its success is measured by the percentage of correct interpretations or recognition accuracy To achieve high recognition accuracy Dragon NaturallySpeaking relies on several sources of information Acoustic model a mathematical model of the sound patterns used by the speaker s language m Vocabulary a list of words that the program can recognize Each word in the Vocabulary has a text representation and a pronunciation m Language model statistical information associated with a Vocabulary that describes the likelihood of words and sequences of words occurring in the user s speech When you create and train a User Profile you start with a standard set of models and then customize them for the way you speak acoustic model and the way you use words Vocabulary and associated language model When you use Dragon NaturallySpeaking the program uses your customized User Profile to guess the words that you said Why does the program make mistakes For various reasons Dragon NaturallySpeaking does not always type the word you want Some of the reasons include m The correct word was not in the Vocabulary The word or phrase you spoke sounded very similar to the wo
268. r to see on the side of your screen sample commands and tips related to the program you are currently using Its content changes as you switch between programs and windows See Learning Center contexts The Learning Center appears automatically when you open a Profile you can change this from the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box If the Learning Center is closed you can open it through the Help menu or by saying a command such as What can say or Show Dragon Learning Center You can change the Learning Center s font size either by voice or through its right click menu By default the Learning Center is set to Floating you can resize it and move it If you prefer to not cover any window under it you can choose to dock it to the side of the screen in which case you can also choose to set it to Auto hide Caution if the area of the desktop below the Learning Center contains icons docking the Learning Center will cause those icons to move which could disrupt your desktop arrangement Controlling the Learning Center You can use the following voice commands with the Learning Center whether or not it s the active window that is to say whether or not it has focus Most commands require that the Learning Center be open To open one of Learning Center s panels or tabs say click and its label Show the Learning Center Show the MyCommands tab Dock the Learning Center to the right Dock the Lear
269. ragging the object in a single voice command For example you can say MouseGrid 5 3 Double Click Clicking and dragging the mouse You can click and drag the mouse by voice 226 227 Dragon Installation and User Guide Clicking the mouse Then say Then say hoa Ca Right Click pae Press or Type Shift Right Click Left Click Control Right Click Left Click Examples Mouse Double Click Mouse Right Click Press Shift Right Click Type Control Left Click Dragging the mouse You can use the following movement commands if you select the Enable mouse motion commands check box on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Then a direction Then a speed optional Mouse Drag to move Very Fast Control Mouse Drag to copy Right Much Faster Or Pamagr ooo CA You can say a speed command at any time while the pointer is moving to speed the movement up or slow it down Examples Drag Mouse Down Faster Mouse Drag Lower Right Very Fast Mouse Drag Up Very Fast pause Slower pause Stop Shift Drag Mouse Up Stopping mouse movement While the mouse pointer is moving you can stop the movement by saying one of the following commands HU Stop m Cancel Notes m You can combine dragging the mouse pointer and clicking the mouse For example to open an application from the Desktop you can say Mouse
270. ragon 63 MENUS ab NG anG ad 213 programs 22 cece cece eee eee 214 the DragonBar 2 22 2 63 ee 214 215 Coexistence with other Dragon products 18 Index Coexistence with previous versions of Dragon aaa 18 Coexistence with the Dragon SDK Client as AA e euena e 18 combining words 2 2 20eeceeeeeees 132 Command Browser 264 266 268 ADON eRe ee ene eee 264 always ontop 2 2 2 20 20 220 265 finding commands 266 Include Global button 266 opening 0 00 c cece e cece cece eee 265 training commands 268 Command Browser definition 272 command context showing 20 22 e eee eee e eee ee eee ee 265 command line interface 2 2 22 49 Command Mode 2 2 244 245 switching to 245 USING 2 22 2521 HERE Ma asta mahl Naaawa 243 Command Mode definition 272 COMMAND 22 E sisson denceiectentensadscnes 45 application control 2 208 Command Browser 264 266 268 controlling DragonBar 63 Cut Copy and Paste 125 dictation AA AR econ ake 80 displaying Help on 22 2 22 63 Dragon Sidebar asaan aalsa sah kaa 74 AA 155 Firefox and Internet Explorer 199 for moving in windows
271. ragon Help m OpenOffice org Writer see Dragon Help m Internet Explorer Google Chrome and Mozilla Firefox a Global Chapter 3 Getting Started If you click in an application for which Dragon does not have specific commands for example Notepad Skype or iTunes the Learning Center displays general tips plus commands available at all times these are called global commands and commands for controlling the Learning Center itself Using the Interactive Tutorial The Interactive Tutorial teaches you Dragon commands and skills in a simulated environment The lessons are short and introduce important interface elements like the DragonBar and Learning Center At any time you can exit the Interactive Tutorial by clicking the X in the top right corner You can also return to it through the DragonBar Help menu Note Like the profile creation process you cannot use the Interactive Tutorial hands free Starting to dictate Follow these steps when you want to dictate To start to dictate Make sure the program you want to dictate into is running Put on the microphone and position it correctly Click in the program you want to dictate into to make that window active Turn on the microphone Start talking and watch your words appear on the screen ar N Using the Command line interface You can use command line options to modify the way in which Dragon NaturallySpeaking starts up These switches are used in the followin
272. ragonBar closes and the New DragonBar opens Tray Icon Only The DragonBar is not visible on the screen Only the microphone icon in the Windows system tray indicates that Dragon NaturallySpeaking is running Always on Top By default Dragon always appears on top meaning itis in the foreground of your computer display For the Floating DragonBar you can change the setting so that the DragonBar drops into the background like other window when you maximize or open a new window large enough to hide the current one Applies only to the Classic DragonBar Note When you set the DragonBar to Always on Top it covers parts of other Dragon NaturallySpeaking windows such as the DragonPad and Help screens If necessary you can deselect Always on Top or move the windows around so that they are not obscured To return to the last DragonBar mode right click on the microphone icon and click Restore Previous DragonBar Mode To switch between displays You can say Switch To Change To or Select and the name of the mode For example if the DragonBar is set to Docked to Top you could say Switch To Docked to Bottom or Change To Floating DragonBar and so on Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Working with the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar You can use the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar and get help with Dragon NaturallySpeaking using the following voice commands 63 Select a New DragonBar or Cla
273. rd or phrase the program typed m The sound of your breath or other random noises were interpreted as small words like in that appeared where they didn t belong Chapter 3 Getting Started There are solutions to these and most of the other errors that the program might make in the Help topics Customizing Dragon NaturallySpeaking Before you first use Dragon NaturallySpeaking you provide it with information about your pronunciation You do this by reading a passage from a prepared text The program then adds this data to the information it already knows about the way you speak As you subsequently use Dragon NaturallySpeaking you may still encounter occasional misrecognitions though these misrecognitions will decrease over time m Ifthe program misrecognizes a common word you can correct the misrecognition in a way that further refines the program s understanding of your pronunciation of specific words or phrases m Ifthe program misrecognizes an uncommon word such as a technical term or a proper name you can add that word to the program s Vocabulary so that it will understand the word or term the next time you say it You can also tell Dragon NaturallySpeaking something about the frequency with which you use different words when you compose documents and e mail m A tool called Learn from Specific Documents lets Dragon NaturallySpeaking analyze your documents and therefore enables the program to better recognize your languag
274. rds that Dragon recognizes and a Language Model The Vocabulary includes all of the words in the active vocabulary and the backup dictionary and any words added as you customize your User Profile Web application support definition Provides the Dragon web extension in supported Web browsers to enable commands and Full Text Control for selected browser based applications With the Dragon web extension installed and enabled you can dictate content and use commands just as you would in a desktop program Word Properties definition Word Properties specify a variety of options that can be associated with Vocabulary entries You can specify that a word be preceded or followed by specific characters and customize properties for placement or handling For example question marks and exclamation marks have default properties of Precede by nothing and Format the next word capitalized You can also specify one or more alternative forms for words If the Use Printed Form 1 checkbox is selected for meter then when you dictate the word after a number Dragon will enter m instead of meter If the Alternate Written Form checkbox is not selected and you dictate meter Dragon types the full word meter 278 Dragon Installation and User Guide Written Form definition Specifies the word or words that Dragon enters when you dictate The spoken form can be an easier or shorter variant or something completely different from the written form
275. re quickly Accuracy Tuning definition A process Dragon can use to adapt to your usage Once you have been dictating for a period of time Dragon uses Accuracy Tuning to automatically refine your User Profile analyzing your dictation corrections commands and any other acoustic training you have done Accuracy Tuning uses two of Dragon s accuracy tools the Acoustic Optimizer and the Language Model Optimizer and you can schedule them to run automatically Acoustic and Language Model Optimization definition Increases User Profile accuracy based on m accumulated acoustic data from your corrections and any additional training you have performed a commonly used word sequences extracted from your User Profile s DRA files 270 271 Dragon Installation and User Guide Acoustic Optimizer definition Looks for any corrections you have made or additional training you may have performed since you created your User Profile or ran the optimizer Optimization enhances recognition accuracy and helps predict words most likely spoken in a given context by a speaker the language model Active vocabulary definition A list of about 150 000 words that Dragon loads into your computer s random access memory for immediate use during dictation These are the words that Dragon NaturallySpeaking is most likely to recognize on the first try without requiring you to do anything extra such as correcting the words with the Correction menu
276. rea shows Dragon NaturallySpeaking s current status such as whether the microphone is on or off The following table shows examples of the message area New DragonBar Classic DragonBar i Dragon s microphone is off you can press its hotkey or click its icon to turm jt on Extras toolbar icon y Click the icon or say Show Extras Bar to display the Extras toolbar The Extras toolbar is available only on the Classic DragonBar The Extras toolbar has the following features Correction Display Correction menu Click the Correction button to stop playback and correct a mistake Playback controls Use the controls to hear audio files of dictation m Begin Playback gt m Stop Playback or Text to speech 5 m Begin Rewind K Begin Fast Forward e 58 Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Read That button Click the Read That button to have Dragon read back a recording of your dictation Transcribe button Click the Transcribe button to open the which you use to transcribe recordings of dictation made on portable recorders Open User Profiles button Displays the name of the current User Profile to the right of the Transcribe button Click on the User Profile name to open the Note that this button appears only when Dragon is docked to the top or bottom of your screen Notes m Unless your computer is equipped with a full duplex sound card it s not possible to stop playback by voice b
277. requently used words from the backup dictionary into the active vocabulary or add new specialty words proper names acronyms and unusual abbreviations using any of the following methods Add new or frequently used words and teach Dragon about how frequently you ll use them with the Learn from Specific Documents Learn From Sent E mails and Import lists of words or phrases tools m Use the Correction menu to correct the error The Dragon Glossary Correct dictation errors using the mouse or keyboard the microphone can be on off or asleep m Use the Spelling window to spell the word Remember to save your User Profile to keep your changes will Command Browser definition A window showing voice commands that Dragon recognizes including commands that are provided with the software as well as any commands that you or your system administrator might have added custom commands The Command Browser is the most comprehensive place to see the commands that are available in each application Command Mode definition A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say as a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text Say Start Command Mode or Command Mode On Correction menu definition Shows Dragon s best guess for alternatives to words you dictated and selected Choose the correct word from the Correction menu by saying Choose and the number next to your choice Correctio
278. revent this dictate some text in the new paragraph before saying the alignment command Dragon can automatically format text and numbers as you dictate using standard writing conventions For information about these settings see the Auto formatting dialog box Dragon s Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and the Auto formatting dialog box Formatting numbers You can have Dragon NaturallySpeaking type your dictation as numerals You can also change the format of text while you are dictating it or while you are editing existing text that you have selected To format dictation as numerals p Say Start Numbers Mode To turn Numbers Mode off say Stop Numbers Mode Note You can select text that contains several numbers separated by words When you say one of these commands the numbers will all reformat without changing the text Dragon can automatically format text and numbers as you dictate using standard writing conventions For information about these settings see the Auto formatting dialog box Dragon s Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and the Auto formatting dialog box Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Setting font nam
279. rofiles in the current folder as candidates to upgrade You add to the list by clicking the Add button and browsing for additional user profiles in other locations You remove user profiles from the list by selecting them and clicking the Remove button After the list contains only the user profiles you want to upgrade click Next 3 Click Nextand choose the location for the upgraded user profiles As the User Upgrade Wizard modifies your user files to work with the newest version it can place the upgraded user in another location while keeping the old files untouched in case you need them again 4 Click the Browse button in the Choose Destination page of the wizard to select the location for the upgraded user profiles If you do not set a location Dragon places the profiles in the default location see Version 13 File Structure 5 Optional If you want to make changes to the user locations base vocabularies and or acoustic models click the Advanced button and the Advanced Options dialog box opens In this dialog box you can make finer adjustments to how the wizard upgrades particular users You see a list of the users being upgraded For each user profile you see the 29 30 Dragon Installation and User Guide profile name old location vocabulary and one or more acoustic models When you click on the location line of a user profile in the list the New Location text box below the list becomes available You can click Browse
280. rol Panel Panel Open the Windows Print Open Print Manager Manager Add a printer to your Windows Add a new printer system Add or remove programs to your Open Add or Remove Programs window Windows system 211 To do this Change the Windows Display Settings Change the Windows screen resolution Change Windows Power Settings Navigate between windows Switch between windows Switch to a specific program or document Work with windows Enlarge the active window to the size of your monitor s screen Minimize the active window Close the active window Minimize all windows and display the Windows Desktop Return a maximized window to its original size Restore all minimized windows Chapter 16 Working on Your Desktop You can say Change Display Settings Change screen resolution Change power settings List programs or List all windows or List windows for Dragon and then Choose n where n is the number of the window you want to switch to For example say Choose 2 OR Switch to previous window OR Switch to next window Switch to lt program name gt For example say Switch to Microsoft Word OR Switch to lt document name gt OR List windows for program name gt See Switching between programs and windows Maximize window Minimize window Close window Show Desktop Minimize all windows Restore window Restore all wind
281. rt of the document Caution When text is selected be careful not to breathe loudly clear your throat or make other sounds Dragon NaturallySpeaking may interpret such noises as speech and replace the selection with new text If this happens say Undo That right away to reverse the action Selecting characters and words You can use the following commands to select individual characters and words Say Chapter 12 Moving around in a document To select characters and words Thensay Then say Forward lt 1 20 gt Characters Previous Word Back lt 1 20 gt Words Last Notes a When you use the select or correct command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen Dragon selects the entire hyphenation For example in the hyphenated word brother in law if you say correct brother because you only need to change that Dragon selects brother in law m You can select punctuation marks by voice For example you can say Select comma a By default when you select a word or phrase Dragon NaturallyS peaking displays the Correction menu which you can use to correct recognition errors You can turn this feature off by clearing deselecting the Select command bring up Correction menu options on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box a Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad on
282. rthur C Clarke Published by New American Library 3001 The Final Odyssey Copyright 1997 by Arthur C Clarke Published by HarperCollins Publishers Dogbert s Top Secret Management Handbook Copyright 1996 by United Feature Syndicate Inc Published by HarperBusiness a division of HarperCollins Publishers Success Is a Journey 7 Steps to Achieving Success amp in the Business of Life Copyright 1999 by Jeffrey J Mayer Published by McGraw Hill Charlie and the Chocolate Factory Copyright 1964 by Roald Dahl Published by Alfred A Knopf Inc and Penguin Books Charlie and the Great Glass Elevator Copyright 1972 by Roald Dahl Published by Alfred A Knopf Inc and Penguin Books To Be a Man Copyright 1997 by Eugene and Miranda Pool The Captain of Battery Park Copyright 1978 by Eugene Pool Published by Addison Wesley QR code is trademarked by Denso Wave inc libqrencode 3 1 1 QR Code encoding library Copyright C 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Kentaro Fukuchi Reed Solomon code encoder Copyright C 2002 2003 2004 2006 Phil Karn KA9Q Copyright 2007 James Newton King Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Soft
283. rver 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Internet Explorer 9 or higher or the current version of Chrome or Firefox for Online Help Asound card supporting 16 bit recording ADVD ROM drive for installation A Nuance approved microphone See support nuance com compatibility for more information An Internet connection for automatic product activation a quick anonymous process What you should know before installing Installing Dragon to a custom location The default installation directory for Dragon is C Program Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 During the installation procedure you can choose to install Dragon to a different directory or drive on your machine Choosing a different directory during installation only installs the Dragon program files to that location Regardless of where you install the Dragon program files Dragon always installs the languages and vocabularies that you selected during the installation to the C drive as well as Chapter 2 Installing Dragon creating the location where user profiles will be created These profiles can consume a large amount of disk space on your C drive You can customize your installation to reduce the amount of disk space used on your C drive by not installing unwanted languages and vocabularies For more information see Installing software Custom Installation Upgrading the operating system to Windows 7 or Windows 8 If you upgrade a machine from a previous versio
284. s Supported currencies are ISO code Name USD Dollars Cents Auto formatting times Turns on automatic formatting of standard time formats For example if you say Six Thirty PM Dragon will transcribe 6 30 PM Dictating standard time runs on a 12 hour clock letting you make the distinction between AM and PM Military time With the Time option enabled you can also dictate times in military format For example if you say sixteen hundred hours Dragon transcribes 1600 hrs If you say oh three oh five hours or zero three zero five hours Dragon transcribes 0305 hrs Dictating Military time uses a 24 hour clock and abbreviates hours to hrs Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Auto formatting UK and Canadian postcodes Turns on proper formatting of UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes For example with the option on format a London postcode by saying W Two Four R J to enter W2 4RJ and format a Toronto postal code by saying M Five H Two L Two to enter M5H 2L2 Auto formatting other numbers Enables the formatting of all numbers not covered by other options on this dialog box such as negative numbers numbers with punctuation fractions decimals and Roman numerals Note Dragon applies Auto formatting for mixed numbers and also for fractions where the denominator is 5 or greater but not for simple fractions like one half two thirds and three quarters For more information see Di
285. s a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon NaturallySpeaking tools available to ensure excellent recognition For more information see Using the Accuracy Center 103 104 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 11 Revising Text This section contains the following topics Using Direct Editing commands 0 00 00 c ccc cece eee cece eee ec cee eecceceeeeeeeeee 104 Handling multiple text matches ccc cece eee cece ccc ec eee ceceeececeeeeees 106 Revising text quick reference 22 cee ccc ceceececccccecceccecceceeecteceeneeneeees 110 Using Direct Editing commands Use Dragon NaturallySpeaking Direct Editing formerly called Quick Voice Formatting commands to do routine tasks faster by voice In previous versions of Dragon deleting cutting copying italicizing underlining and applying bold to text were two step operations you had to select the text before you could change it Now you can perform these actions in one step See also m Handling multiple text matches Note For commands that name a range of text such as bold lt text gt through lt text gt Dragon expects to hear to or through depending on the region you selected when you created your User Profile Use through in the United States and Canada and use to in all other regions Formatting text Use the commands in the following table to quickly format text using Direct Editing Formatting commands are
286. s a source in that same profile For details see Using Multiple Dictation Sources with a Single User Profile Open ended custom commands Professional and Legal editions only In the Professional and Legal editions Dragon now offers new flexibility for custom command types that support variable names the ability to end the command s name with any word or phrase in the vocabulary as opposed to a word or phrase from a defined list of command variables This can allow users to have for instance commands that search for given words within their company s intranet similar to the built in search commands like search Wikipedia for For details see Creating open ended custom commands Always replaces Ask Me as the default for deferred correction Professional and Legal editions only The option to automatically create a recording DRA file along with your dictated document available in the Professional and Legal editions only is now set to Always by default If you wish you can change it to Never or Ask Me on the Data tab of the Options dialog DRA files can be large so once you no longer need them you may want to delete them For details see Correcting dictation later Note The option Always preserve wave data has been removed from the Options dialog it was on the Data tab under Advanced Operating System support Support for Windows 8 is enhanced The New DragonBar can be used in both of Windows 8 s i
287. s and Web applications You ll need to click page elements manually or using MouseGrid and mouse commands and if you want Full Text Control you ll need to use the Dictation Box The makers of Firefox and Chrome frequently release new versions of their browser For the latest details on Dragon functionality with a particular application please see the Technical Support page for Dragon on the Nuance website Note Dragon s functionality differs between Web browsers For example in Chrome you cannot use the refresh page command to perform such actions by voice you must use mouse commands or press commands such as press F5 For more information see Working with a Web browser Feature support The feature is not supported in the following modes Chrome s Incognito mode Chrome s Metro mode m Firefox s Metro mode Is the feature active To determine whether the feature is active see How to tell if Web application support is active Do you need to re install To use all of Dragon s functionality in your browser you must enable Dragon s web extension If you did not enable the extension open the browser you want to install to use the following links while in that browser Internet Explorer https dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser ie Chrome https dnsriacontent nuance com 13 addons html lang ENX amp browser chrome 190 191 Dragon Installation and User Guide Firefox https
288. s automatically when you open a Profile you can change this from the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box If the Learning Center is closed you 45 46 Dragon Installation and User Guide can open it through the Help menu or by saying a command such as What can say or Show Dragon Learning Center You can change the Learning Center s font size either by voice or through its right click menu By default the Learning Center is set to Floating you can resize it and move it If you prefer to not cover any window under it you can choose to dock it to the side of the screen in which case you can also choose to set it to Auto hide Caution if the area of the desktop below the Learning Center contains icons docking the Learning Center will cause those icons to move which could disrupt your desktop arrangement Controlling the Learning Center You can use the following voice commands with the Learning Center whether or not it s the active window that is to say whether or not it has focus Most commands require that the Learning Center be open To open one of Learning Center s panels or tabs say click and its label Show the Learning Center Show the MyCommands tab Dock the Learning Center to the right Dock the Learning Center to the left Change the font size of the Learning Center Float the Learning Center Auto hide the Learning Center not available in Floating Disable
289. s by analyzing what you say between pauses Say Start Normal Mode or Normal Mode On A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say as dictation and nothing is interpreted as a command Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes Say Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say as a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text Say Start Command Mode or Command Mode On A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only numbers If you are dictating only numbers including currencies working in this mode increases recognition accuracy Say Start Numbers Mode or Numbers Mode On 57 Dragon Installation and User Guide New Classic Recognition DragonBar PIECO EU mode Description SpellMode A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only letters numbers commands and punctuation Spell mode is useful for dictating unpronounceable alphanumeric strings such as part numbers and license plate numbers and other terms you anticipate Dragon won t know such as Web addresses words in a foreign language or unusual product names Say Start Spell Mode or Spell Mode On You can still use commands while in Spell Mode Message area The message a
290. s clipboard either after you transfer the text unsuccessfully paste fails or after you have closed the Dictation Box should any text remain in the Dictation Box As long as you have chosen Type Keys sCtrl V7 or Use Windows Paste Command under Paste options checking this check box protects you from losing any text when m You ve transferred with the Transfer voice command and it fails to paste into the application where you have placed the cursor m Text still remains in the Dictation Box when you close it If you do not select this option the text dictated into the Dictation Box that has not been transferred will be lost when you close the Dictation Box When you have selected this check box if the transfer fails you do not lose the text because the text is stored temporarily in the Windows clipboard If the application you tried to transfer the text to fails to receive the text you can open another application and try using the Windows paste command to paste the text from the clipboard Restore Defaults This option restores all Dictation Box settings to their defaults Chapter 8 Using the Dictation Box For more information For more information see m Using the Dictation Box a The Full Text Control Indicator 93 94 Dragon Installation and User Guide Chapter 9 Using DragonPad This section contains the following topics About DragonPad 22 0 1 02 000000 aaao 000a a daoo a daaa a aaoo aaoo aaraa 94
291. s for dates times and phone numbers You also set whether to expand contractions apply abbreviations and insert commas automatically See online Help for more details 9 Click Next 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Click nstall to start the installation When the installation completes proceed with any of the following sections that apply to your custom installation a Modifying application settings for all users m Modifying administrative settings m Modifying formatting options for all users When you are prompted to register the product select one of the registration options Click OK to register the product and click it again to proceed Check Yes check for program updates after the setup completes to download any updates after the setup completes and click Finish to complete the installation If you chose to upgrade user profiles earlier when the message about upgrading your user profiles pops up click OK The message might tell you that the installation will not be complete until after your system is restarted If you were told you need to reboot in order to complete the installation reboot your computer now Select Start gt All Programs gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking gt Dragon NaturallySpeaking The New DragonBar appears on your desktop optional If you have user profiles that you would like to upgrade before proceeding refer to Upgrading User Profiles
292. s while you dictate Click the links to display the related procedures Normal Mode or SEE cemented To dictate and say commands interchangeably The most flexible mode in Dragon NaturallyS peaking is the default Normal Mode In Normal Mode Dragon NaturallyS peaking distinguishes dictation from commands by analyzing what you say between pauses For this reason you should always pause before and after you say a command For example to bold the word exciting in the sentence Speech recognition is an exciting technology Say Speech recognition is an exciting technology period Pause briefly Say Select exciting Pause again Say Bold That ak SP O You need to pause only briefly You can adjust the length of the pause required before Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes commands on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box Dictation Mode or BEKE To dictate rapidly without looking at your computer monitor In Dictation Mode Dragon NaturallySpeaking interprets everything you say as dictation and Dictation Commands such as New Line New Paragraph and Cap are recognized Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible or dictate without looking at the screen Say Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On 1 Say Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On Dictation Mode appears in the status box of the DragonBar Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy 2 Di
293. se Dragon NaturallySpeaking automatically guesses the pronunciations based on their spelling If however your new words are not recognized correctly you should train them Be sure to save your User Profile after adding new words or the new words will not be saved Ifyou make unwanted changes to a Vocabulary you can create a new one or restore your User Profile from a backup copy a Ifyou use multiple word phrases with unusual capitalization for example ComputerWeek you can improve recognition accuracy by adding these phrases to the Vocabulary before Dragon NaturallySpeaking analyzes your documents Add these phrases by using the say Open Vocabulary Editor or click Vocabulary gt Open Vocabulary Editor on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar or by including them in lists of items you import into the Vocabulary 250 Dragon Installation and User Guide m Dragon can auto format text and numbers using standard writing conventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate For information about these settings see Auto formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box Dragon s Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu the Spelling window or the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto Formatting Options Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary If Dragon NaturallySpeaking gets a word wrong it
294. selected text before the last text that Dragon Insert Before That entered Inserts selected text after the last text that Dragon Insert After That entered Inserts selected text before some text that you quote Insert Before text from your existing content Inserts selected text after some text that you quote Insert After text from your existing content 188 Dragon Installation and User Guide Selecting text ae Say Select text you specify in your document Select lt text gt Selects the next text item such as the next word line or paragraph or the next Select instance when there are multiple text matches Again Selects the previous text item such as the next word line or paragraph or the next Select instance when there are multiple text matches Previous instance when there are multiple text matches Select the last text you dictated Select That Capitalizing text To Say Selects the next text item such as the next word line or paragraph or the next Next Capitalize the first letter of each word in selected text Cap Selection Apply all capital letters to text you have selected All Caps Selection Makes all capital letters lower case in selected text No Caps Selection Using Dragon s Web capabilities without the Dragon Web Extension If the Dragon Web Extension isn t available you cannot click web page elements by voice directly also for Firefox and Chrome none of the text fields have Full Text Control
295. sentence to bold 55 Back to List entire sentence to not bold yg View Edit Script rest of sentence to bold rest of sentence to not bold Training sentence to not bold Be Train set sentence to bold Some complex commands may not be fully visible at first See the topic Expanding commands for information on how to view all parts of a command Note Previous command searches appear in the Keyword Filter list 0NG filter selected J You can select a previous search from this list to automatically display the results of that search without having to open the Keyword Filter dialog box and set up the search criteria again Training commands in the Command Browser If Dragon NaturallySpeaking consistently misrecognizes a specific voice command for example it hears Paste That as Paste dot you can train it to better recognize your pronunciation of the command To train a command 1 Open the Command Browser say Command Browser or click Command Browser on the Tools menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Select the command context from the Context list 3 Locate the command you want to train and select it See the topic Finding Commands in the Command Browser for information on how to find a specific command 4 Click or say one of the following buttons on the Command Browser task pane 268 Dragon Installation and User Guide Button Result ks Train Lets you immediately train
296. ses to recognize words based not only on their sound but also on their context If you want to select a particular speech model and vocabulary you can click the Advanced button When the Choose an audio device page appears Dragon scans your system and presents a list from which you select your type of audio device Next Dragon has you position and check your microphone When Dragon asks you to read a short text aloud so that it can check your audio input and make some adjustments click the Start button and read the text as if you were dictating to the software this takes about 30 seconds Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Setting up positioning and checking your microphone Positioning the microphone correctly is important If the microphone is out of place Dragon might not be able to hear you clearly and make mistakes Consistent positioning is also important Make sure that you position the microphone the same way each time you dictate Here are some tips on using particular types of microphones Using a headset microphone m Position the microphone about a half inch approximately the width of your thumb from your mouth and a little off to the side The microphone should not touch your mouth but it can be almost touching your lips m Ifyou need to move the microphone out of the way lift the boom up and over your head rather than bending it out of position or removing the headset Using a hand held microphone m Hold the
297. size and style Aligning text Hyphenating words Joining words Setting Auto Formatting Options Creating Word Properties Formatting text Adding new lines and paragraphs Dragon Installation and User Guide You can use the following commands to format text you have just dictated or text you have selected For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases see Handling multiple text matches a Ko Apply bold Apply italics Apply bold italics Add underlining Add strikeout Remove all bold italics underline and strikeout formatting Change text to initial capitals Change text to uppercase Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Bold That or Format that Bold to bold previously selected text or the last thing you said Bold lt text gt Bold from lt text gt to lt text gt Bold lt text gt through lt text gt Italicize That or Format That Italics to italicize previously selected text or the last thing you said Italicize lt text gt Italicize from lt text gt to lt text gt Italicize lt text gt through lt text gt Format That Bold Italic or Format That Bold Italics Underline That or Format That Underline to underline previously selected text or the last thing you said Underline lt text gt Underline from lt text gt to lt text gt Underline lt text gt through lt text gt We
298. sk space required During a custom installation in the Professional and Medical editions you can modify settings that are then applied to all user profiles created with this installation including Windows limited account users Note If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify If you are installing the product for multiple users you should choose a Custom installation rather than a Typical Complete installation To carry out a custom installation proceed to Installing software Custom Installation Otherwise see Installing software Typical Installation Installing Software Typical Installation To install all features of Dragon 1 Insert the Dragon DVD into your DVD drive If the installation does not start automatically use Windows Explorer to find and double click setup exe on the DVD 2 After the Windows Installer begins it installs m Visual C Version 9 0 Runtime 3 After the Wizard begins click Next to proceed to the License Agreement page Read the text and select accept the terms then click Next Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Enter your User Name and Organization and the Serial Number supplied to your installation Optional When the Setup Type page appears click the Change button and choose where to install the product Typical Complete space i All progr
299. ssic DragonBar menu item Start the DragonPad word processor Display Dragon NaturallySpeaking Help Display common voice commands for your current program window or text field Switch the DragonBar mode Expand or collapse the New DragonBar Display the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar when it is in Tray Icon only mode Change the Classic DragonBar Always on Top setting Dragon Installation and User Guide 1 Switch to DragonBar to make the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar active 2 The name of the menu you want to open Start DragonPad Give Me Help What Can Say Switch DragonBar To or Select DragonBar and the mode name Floating Mode Docked to Top Mode Docked to Bottom Mode Cling Mode or Tray Icon Only Mode Note Only the Tray Icon Only Mode command applies to the New DragonBar All other mode commands apply to the Classic DragonBar If you use these commands while the New DragonBar is open the Classic DragonBar opens automatically Expand DragonBar Collapse DragonBar Open Dragon s tray menu Set DragonBar to Always On Top or Make DragonBar Always on Top These commands toggle the state of the Classic DragonBar In other words if you use one of these commands to make the Classic DragonBar appear always on top and you then say the command again the Classic DragonBar will be put into a state where it can be covered by other windows Exit Dra
300. t matching by saying Cancel continuing to dictate typing or clicking the mouse You can also use Undo All after you use Choose All You can use this feature with Microsoft Word Notepad WordPad Microsoft Outlook Internet Explorer Microsoft InfoPath DragonPad and Dragon s Dictation Box When you say a command that can apply to multiple instances the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar message area only visible when the Classic DragonBar is Docked or Floating always visible on the New DragonBar provides information about what you can say This is an example of how it can be useful to check the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBra for messages regularly especially if you are new to this version of Dragon See also m Using Direct Editing commands Use the following table as a quick reference for text matching commands 107 Command Bold lt xyz gt Underline lt xyz gt Italicize lt xyz gt Capitalize lt xyz gt Delete lt xyz gt Undo All 108 Apply bold to one or more text matches Apply underlining to one or more text matches Apply italics to one or more text matches Capitalize the first letter of one or more text matches Delete one or more text matches Undo changes to all revised text matches Dragon Installation and User Guide Choose lt number gt or lt n gt For example say Choose 3 or 3 to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches
301. t on the New DragonBar select Spell m On the Modes menu of the Classic DragonBar click Spell Mode Notes 246 247 Dragon Installation and User Guide Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better This section contains the following topics Training misrecognized commands 2 22 22 cece ce cece eee cecccececceeceecceceeceeceeceeee 247 Training individual words and phrases 0 cece c cece ceeceeceecceceeceeeeeees 248 Supplemental training 0c e cece cece cece cece c cece cee ec cee eeeeececececeeceeeeeeeeeeees 249 Training misrecognized commands If Dragon NaturallySpeaking consistently misrecognizes a specific voice command for example it hears Correct That as Correct dot you can train it to recognize your pronunciation of the command To train commands 1 Say Open Command Browser or click Command Browser on the Tools menu of the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 Say Click Browse then Context then lt Application name gt the program in which the command is available or click Browse gt Context gt lt Application name gt 3 Say or click Keyword Filter 4 Say or type a keyword for the command you want to train in the Choose Word box 5 Say or click Add to move the word to the Current list of filter words Repeat until you have as many keywords as you need to find the command in question 6 Say or click Done 7 If more than one comman
302. t xyz gt correct lt xyz gt insert after lt xyz gt work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control This functionality depends on Dragon s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content for instance in order to know where words and sentences begin and end so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities If you have difficulty in dictating or correcting in one of these unknown text fields use the Dictation Box For more information see The Full Text Control Indicator Dictating in unknown text fields 1 Place you cursor where you want to put the text 2 Start the Dictation Box in one of several ways m Say Show Dictation Box m Select Tools gt Dictation Box from the Dragon Bar m Use CTRL SHIFT D To change the default hot key see the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Options dialog box 89 90 Dragon Installation and User Guide 3 When the Dictation Box displays you can dictate and edit text inside the Dictation Box using all of Dragon NaturallySpeaking s commands 4 Once you have finished dictating and editing the text say or click Transfer The text you dictated in the Dictation Box is transferred to the application The Dictation Box then closes Editing text in unknown text fields To edit text already in the unknown text field 1 Select the text in the unkno
303. te with words you don t use For example if you dictate the name Cassity often and Dragon NaturallySpeaking always hears Cassidy you could use Don t Recognize That Word from the Correction menu to turn off recognition of Cassidy If you decide later that you do need to use the word you can add it back using the Vocabulary Editor When you use the Don t recognize that word command or Don t Recognize That Word from the Correction menu to turn off recognition of a word you will be presented with one of the following messages to confirm a deletion of the word Are you sure you want to delete the following word from the Vocabulary This message is displayed when you use the Don t Recognize That Word command to delete a word or phrase from the Vocabulary 256 257 Dragon Installation and User Guide The following word can only be removed from the Vocabulary using the Vocabulary Editor This message is displayed when you use the Don t Recognize That Word command to try to delete a custom word or frequently used word such as the from the Vocabulary You can use the Vocabulary Editor to delete the word The following word can t be deleted because it does not exist in the Vocabulary This message is displayed when you use the Don t Recognize That Word command to try to delete a word or phrase that is not in the Vocabulary For more information see the Correction menu Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy Managing V
304. the value of 10 Dragon will write five when you dictate five and 11 when you dictate eleven The available values are m O a 2 m 10 m 100 Note You can also use Dragon to enter numbers as Arabic or Roman numerals See Dictation commands Auto formatting units of measure Turns on automatic formatting of standard units of measure such as feet and inches For example if you say Six Foot Three Inches Dragon NaturallySpeaking enters 6 3 If a unit of measure is not formatted in the way you expect you can also use the Word Properties dialog box to use an alternate form for that particular unit of measure Auto formatting ISO currency codes If you have selected the Prices option then you can select ISO currency codes to display currency amounts with the International Standards Organization currency symbol corresponding to the region and language set for your Windows operating system or if different for your user profile see How region and language affect number and currency punctuation For example if your profile s region is set to United States and you enable both the Prices and ISO currency codes Auto Formatting options when you dictate Ten Dollars Dragon NaturallySpeaking enters USD10 Auto formatting phone numbers Turns on automatic formatting of telephone numbers For U S English User Profiles using the United States or Canada for the Region Turns on automatic formatting North American telephone nu
305. tions 50 Auto Configuration Based on System Profile 2 2 0 c cece cece cece eee cece ees 51 Contacting Customer Service and Support 000 00 cece cece eee cece ec eeceeeee 51 33 Dragon Installation and User Guide Welcome to Dragon NaturallySpeaking What s New Visit this help topic to read about the most newsworthy features of Dragon NaturallySpeaking Top ways to use Dragon Follow this link for a bird s eye view of all things Dragon How to make corrections You can correct misrecognitions or rewrite dictation in many ways This topic gets you started with the leading methods such as by selecting and redictating and using the Correction menu Making revisions Revising text goes beyond correction and includes deleting undoing and corrections along with many ways you can use Dragon to format your content Using Dragon with E mail Dragon voice recognition gives special focus to supporting dictating and managing e mail in programs from Microsoft Outlook to Outlook com and Gmail Chapter 3 Getting Started Dragon NaturallyS peaking on the Web The Nuance Web site gives you access to latest information on Dragon NaturallyS peaking Dictation Our Top 5 Start here for our top 5 tips about how to dictate to Dragon NaturallySpeaking Our best ways to Improve accuracy Visit our top 10 list to learn strategies to maximize dictati
306. tner contact your provider for technical support directly a You can find the answers to many Dragon NaturallyS peaking support questions on m http support nuance com a http Awww nuance com dragon If you require more technical assistance contact Support at m http support nuance com Note Nuance does not provide technical support for hardware issues If you are using a digital recorder and you encounter hardware issues please contact your hardware manufacturer for assistance Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Chapter 4 Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar This section contains the following topics The DragonBar 2 22 22 0 2 c cece cece ccc ec cece eee ecceeceeceecececececeeceeeceeeeeesees 53 The Text Control Indicator cee eee cece ccc ec cece ec cecceceeeceeeeceeeees 59 Displaying the DragonBar 0 200 202 2c cece cece cece ccc ec ccc ceceecceceecceceeeeeeeeee 60 Working with the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 2 2 2 63 The DragonBar The DragonBar is the toolbar you use to control the Dragon software You can choose to use the New DragonBar or switch to the Classic DragonBar from previous versions If you switch between DragonBars the last DragonBar you chose appears the next time you open Dragon By default when you start Dragon the New DragonBar appears at the top of your screen and is set to Auto collapse You c
307. to DragonBar to make the New DragonBar active 2 Say DragonBar then Classic DragonBar The Classic DragonBar opens To open a menu 1 Say Switch to DragonBar to make the Classic DragonBar active 2 Say the name of the menu and menu item that you want to open For example say Switch to DragonBar then Tools then Auto Formatting Options To change the display mode 1 Click the Dragon icon on the left side of the DragonBar or right click anywhere on the DragonBar to open the DragonBar shortcut menu 61 62 Dragon Installation and User Guide 2 Selecta display mode DragonBar Docked to Top The DragonBar always stays at the top of the screen This is the mode in which the DragonBar appears the first time you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking Applies only to the Classic DragonBar DragonBar Docked to Bottom The DragonBar always stays at the bottom of the screen If the Windows taskbar is visible at the bottom of the screen the DragonBar appears just above it Applies only to the Classic DragonBar Floating DragonBar The DragonBar appears in a window you can drag around the screen Applies only to the Classic DragonBar Clinging DragonBar The DragonBar clings to the top left of the active window When you drag the active window to a new location on your screen the DragonBar moves with it In Cling mode you do not see the Extras toolbar icon Applies only to the Classic DragonBar New DragonBar The Classic D
308. to the sender only or Reply to All to reply to all recipients of the message 2 Move to Text Field 3 Then dictate the content of your message and when you ready to send say Send Message Sort Inbox messages Sort ascending descending Sort e mails ascending descending Sort memos ascending descending Access file related commands click Application menu Note Words shown in brackets are optional Chapter 13 Working in Programs Microsoft Outlook This section contains the following topics Working with Microsoft Outlook 2 2 2 2 0 00 202 c eee cee cee cece cece cece cece ooa aaraa aa aaar 162 Reading and sending e mail with Microsoft Outlook 0 0 0 220 e cece cece eee cece eee 162 Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook 0 ccc cece eee cece eee ecceceeceeceeeee 163 Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook 222000 2 eee a 164 Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook 220 2 00 20 c cece eee eee c eee ec eee eeecececececeeeeeeeeeees 165 Using other Microsoft Outlook commands 2 2 0 22 e eee e cece cece cee ceceeceecceceeeeeee 165 Dialog box commands 2 20 20 e cee eee eee e cece cece cece ceeceececceceeeceeceecceeeeeeeeees 166 Moving around in a message window 2 2 22 eee eee cece cece cece cece eecceceeceeceeeee 166 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands 20 22 0 200 ccecccecccecccecceececeeeeeeceeeeeeees 167 Working with Microsoft Outlook
309. ton on the desktop m To perform actions in Windows 8 you can also take advantage of Dragon s ability to press keys For example you can say the commands press Windows h this accesses Windows 8 s Share feature and press Windows key a You can dictate in the Search field After entering your search term or terms you could use the command press Enter Note that from the Start screen dictating does not automatically bring up Search This is supported in the All Apps screen only n The following are commands for Windows 8 and include commands added for Windows 8 1 37 38 To Dragon Installation and User Guide Say Windows 8 Commands Display the Start Screen Change Account Picture Go to All Applications Display the Charms Bar Pin an Internet Explorer 10 site to the Start Screen start screen Show me start screen Show start screen Open start screen Click start screen Change account picture Change my account picture Switch to all applications Open all applications Show all applications View all applications charms bar Show me charms bar Click charms bar Pin this location to start screen Add location to start screen Pin location to start screen Add this location to start screen Add page to the start screen Pin site to start screen Add this page to start screen Add this site to start screen Pin this location to the
310. ts are the default delimiters and the text string ProviderName is the variable that the Dragon User Profile will replace with a provider name when using the template to complete a report Full Text Control definition Refers to the level of dictation support available in Web and desktop programs and windows when Dragon fully supports creating editing and formatting content When a program or part of a program has Full Text Control you can move the cursor reliably for example to the beginning or end of a line or paragraph You can also select format and revise text as needed using Direct Editing commands the Correction menu or the Spelling Window For supported Web applications Full Text Control is activated using the Dragon web extension in supported browsers When the cursor is in a text field for which Dragon has Full Text Control the Text Control Indicator on the Classic DragonBar IKA or the New DragonBar Gi is green when all of Dragon s selection and dictation capabilities are supported Hidden Mode definition Absent from non medical editions this mode allows Dragon to send all recognized text to the Dictation Box which is active but does not display All recognized text is added to the Dictation Box regardless of the cursor location Hidden Mode is often used by healthcare providers who are dictating medical reports to be sent to a medical transcriptionist editor Say Start Hidden Mode or Hidden Mode On
311. two modes are described in the following table 168 169 Edition Mode Quick Edition Mode Full Edition Mode Dragon Installation and User Guide Description Allows you to enter new content into a cell overwrite the current contents of a cell or format the entire contents of a cell When you select a cell and begin dictating a yellow background appears to indicate that the dictated text will be inserted into the cell If the cell currently contains text the new dictated text will overwrite the existing text If you want to format the contents of a cell select the cell or select a portion of the cell s contents using Full Text Control commands and say a formatting command such as Set Font Arial 10 Points Bold Allows you to edit the existing contents of a cell If you want to add to or edit the current contents of a cell select the cell and say Edit Cell or Press F2 to open the cell for editing When you enter Full Edition Mode the background color changes to blue Entering Full Edition Mode is analogous to double clicking a cell Line and Paragraph commands such as New Line operate within the selected cell in Full Edition mode Using Full Text Control In general Full Text Control is available in cells except when you type something into a cell before you dictate For example m Ifyou dictate into a cell then type some characters and dictate more text into that cell Full Text Control is available
312. u spell directly into the document while the Spelling window is closed are not added to the Vocabulary In addition you can teach or train Dragon NaturallySpeaking to recognize how you pronounce the word or phrase you spell Chapter 7 Dictating Text In some cases you may not know that a word is not in the active Vocabulary until Dragon NaturallySpeaking fails to recognize it correctly Whether you are spelling a word as part of your dictation or correcting a misrecognition the process is the same To spell a word or phrase When you want to add a new word to the Vocabulary say Spell or Spell That immediately after a recognition error and the characters of the word or words you want to spell Say the characters continuously and quickly not one at a time Note The Undo That command is not available in the Spelling window If you need to correct a dictation error by voice while you are using the Spelling window you may use the Scratch That Backspace or Delete commands For alist of the characters you can spell with the Spell or Spell That commands see Spelling characters If you use the Spell That command saying the characters immediately is optional you can simply wait for the Spelling window to open before you begin spelling Spelling words while the Spelling window is open allows you to confirm that the word is correct before it appears in your document and allows you to train the pronunc
313. uded and a unique word or phrase for the spoken form For example if you wanted Dragon to type the word U N C L E in the header of your letters the written form could be U N C L E and the spoken form could be UNCLE That way Dragon would still type only the word uncle when you dictate it as usual because it also exists in the Vocabulary 248 Dragon Installation and User Guide Alternately if you wanted to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary every time you used that word you would change the properties of the existing word For more information see Word Properties in the Dragon Help Notes m When you train words or phrases be careful to speak in your normal voice Avoid the natural tendency to over enunciate when speaking single words or short phrases as it could actually reduce recognition accuracy a A word or phrase must exist in the Vocabulary that is have been created previously before you can train it m You can also use the Train button in the Vocabulary Editor dialog box m When you train a word or phrase using the Train Words dialog box you add to the acoustic data stored for later use by the Acoustic Optimizer This data including your pronunciation and the acoustic differences between the trained correction and the misrecognized word or phrase are used by the Acoustic Optimizer to enhance recognition accuracy Supplemental training General training refers to a text readin
314. ules and offers to customize the settings to suit your needs as you work You can also add custom word properties to words to make Dragon s text entry more intuitive and efficient By setting word properties you specify a variety of options that can be associated with vocabulary entries You can specify that a word be preceded or followed by specific characters and customize properties for placement or handling For example question marks and exclamation marks have default properties of Precede by nothing and Format the next word capitalized Or you can specify one or more for words If the Alternate printed form checkbox is selected for meter when you dictate the word after a number Dragon enters only m For example if the Alternate form checkbox is not selected and you dictate meter Dragon types the full word meter Chapter 18 Improving recognition accuracy 9 Make corrections You can prevent many errors using the methods listed above but if an error does happen correcting it will help Dragon to learn Redictating or retyping words or phrases are sometimes the fastest approach but Dragon provides a lot of flexibility about how and when you correct errors 10 Save your user profile Remember that as Dragon works on your documents with you it needs to save what it learns After you correct dictation train words or perform any of the other accuracy optimization operations save your profile to save your changes for your ne
315. uning from the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar Audio menu or schedule it to run later Choose a time when your computer is on but you can close Dragon for example when you typically have a meal or a meeting Perform additional training Dragon learns about how you pronounce words and your vocal tones when you create your user profile but it can learn more if you read one or more of the supplied training texts We recommend you read a training text after a few hours of using Dragon On the DragonBar select Audio gt Read Text to Improve Accuracy Turn off what you don t use Visit the Performance Assistant for useful strategies for optimizing accuracy and speed with Dragon For example you can turn off the ability to voice click menus buttons and other controls in some or all programs or the ability to open items from the Windows Start menu or desktop Turning off these options reduces Dragon s use of computer resources and reduces the possibility of isolated words or phrases being executed as commands such as Click Send or Open Network Use Smart Format Rules to have Dragon recognize when you change a custom or built in auto formatting option or word property for alphanumeric text or a word Dragon automatically applies formatting to many common spoken forms of text such as Web and e mail addresses street addresses dates numbers units of measure and so on The Smart Format Rules feature recognizes your changes to r
316. ure to keep your User Profiles when prompted before you make your hardware changes After making changes to your hardware then re install Dragon NaturallySpeaking Chapter 3 Getting Started Chapter 3 Getting Started This section contains the following topics Welcome to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 0 00 2 0 2 c cece ccc e eee ee cee eeceeceeeeees 34 Working with Windows 8 and Windows 8 1 0 2 0 2 0 20 eee cece cece eee cece eee 36 About Dragon NaturallySpeaking 00 ccc ececc aaa 39 How Dragon works 2 0 2 0 22 cc ccc e cece eee ee cee cece eee eeceeceeceecreceesceceeeeeeeeeees 40 Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking 0 0 0 20 c cece cece eee ec cee ceceeeeeeceeee 41 Dragon system requirements 0 20 00 0 0c cece cece eee ec cece cc eeceecceceeececeeeeeceees 42 Top Ways to use Dragon e eee c cece addaa eee eeceeecececececcecceeeeees 43 Using Dragon NaturallySpeaking Help 0 00200220 c cece cece cece eee ceceeceeeees 44 FOLKY Sesion eg oe 45 Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center 1 0 200 45 Using the Interactive Tutorial 2 20 00 0 00 c cece cece cece eee eneeeeeeeees 49 Starting to dictate c ccc cece cece ccc ec eee cec eee ceeeeeceeceeceeeeeeees 49 Using the Command line interface 20 20 0020 cece eee eee ce eee ee cee ceceeceeeceeee 49 Electronic Medical Record EMR applications restric
317. utomatically activates Dragon NaturallySpeaking and requires no further action from you To manually activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking This displays the Activation dialog box Click Activate Now This displays the Activation Screen Click Activate Manually This displays the Enter Key dialog box ee Ka ca To complete the manual activation click on the URL listed at the top of the dialog box This URL opens the Nuance activation page 5 On the Nuance activation page click Generate Activation Key to create an Activation Key 6 Once activation key appears select the entire number and copy it CTRL C Click the first field of the Enter Key dialog box and paste CTRL V This pastes the entire number into the Activate Key field 7 Click OK to complete the activation Notes a You must be connected to the Internet to activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking The activation process sends only your product serial number and a number that uniquely identifies the machine where Dragon NaturallySpeaking is being installed No personal information is transmitted to Nuance m Ifyou make any hardware changes on a machine where Dragon NaturallySpeaking is installed you may be prompted to activate again To preserve your activation status you can uninstall Dragon NaturallySpeaking making sure to keep your User Profiles when prompted before you make your hardware changes After making changes to your hardware the
318. ve Word Forward Back lt number gt Words Lines for example Move Word Forward Five Lines 1 Move the insertion point to the line you want to move 2 Select Line 3 Move Line Forward Back lt number gt Lines or Move Line to the Beginning End of Paragraph Document for example Move Line to the End of Paragraph 1 Move the insertion point to the paragraph you want to move 2 Select Paragraph 3 Move Paragraph Forward Backward lt number gt paragraphs or Move Paragraph to the Beginning End of Document for example Move Paragraph to the Beginning of Document or Move Paragraph Backward Six Paragraphs 150 151 Moving around in a document To Go to a specific place in a document window Move up or down one line Move up or down one page Go back to the last place you moved the cursor Dragon Installation and User Guide Say Go to lt location gt where location can be top bottom start or end Line Up or Line Down Page Up or Page Down Go Back See Using Go Back to move the cursor Switching between open documents Switch between open 1 Say List windows for Microsoft Word documents Do one of the following Say Choose n where nis the number of the window you want to switch to For example say Choose 2 OR Choose the number of the program from the list and click OK See Scrolling in popular programs Scrolling in windows and lists and Moving the
319. ware and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT Copyright vi HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE TweetSharp Copyright c 2009 2013 Daniel Crenna Jason Diller and contributors THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE viii Contents Contents COP AP PA ii Chapter 1 What s New in Dragon Version 13 u 2 0 c cece eee eee cece cece ceeceeeeee 14 Web experience e cece cece cece tenn cece ce
320. wing topics Controlling the keyboard 2 0 00 ccc e cece cece c cece cece eee eeceeceeeeeceeceeeeeeees 222 Moving the mouse pointer 0 20 02 0 20 e cece eee e ccc e cece cece ec ceceeceeeceececeeeceees 224 Move commands sisser isie 02200220 cecc E aad aoa an ae ida ite 224 Optional move commands 22 22 2 222 cece cece eee ccecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 224 Stopping mouse Movement eee e eee ec cece ec eeeeeececeecceeeeees 225 Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid cece eee ee eee ee eee 225 Clicking and dragging the mouse 2 2 eee aa 226 Clicking the mouse o eee ccc e cece cece cece eee ee eee eeeceeeeeceeeteceeceeseeeee 227 Dragging the MOUSE 2 2 2 e eee eee cece cece eee ec cece cece eeceeeeecceceeeceseeees 227 Stopping mouse movement 22 22 eee c cece eee ec eee eeeeeeceeeeceeeeees 228 Controlling the keyboard When Dragon NaturallySpeaking is running you can control the keyboard by voice 222 Dragon Installation and User Guide Say Then say Page Down Delete Function 1 to Function 12 Keypad followed by any numeric keypad key 0 9 Enter Shift Control or Alt alone or in combination followed by any other key 223 Chapter 17 Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Notes m Youcan say Press or Type followed by any combination of modifier keys Shift Control Alt and then any letter
321. wn text field The Dictation Box supports voice commands like Delete Correct and Insert and custom commands as well When you are finished the content is transferred to your cursor position when you opened the Dictation Box Dictation commands definition Commands typically said in the process of dictating They include new line new paragraph numeral lt number gt all caps lt word gt and cap lt word gt Important these commands can be seen in the Vocabulary Editor not in the Command Browser Also referred to as in line commands Dictation commands do not require pausing before and after saying them unlike other commands Dictation Mode e definition A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say as dictation and only Dictation Commands are recognized Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes Say Start Dictation Mode or Dictation Mode On Dictation Source definition An audio input device or multiple devices associated with a User Profile For example you can select a headset microphone at one computer and a portable recorder or another style of mic at other computers This way Dragon supports users who need to move or roam from computer to computer regardless of the microphone type or differences in ambient noise Direct Editing commands definition Voice f
322. wn text field using voice commands or your keyboard and mouse 2 Copy the text to the Dictation Box for editing in one of these ways m Say Edit Selection m Say Show Dictation Box Note To copy all the text in an application into the Dictation Box for editing say Edit All m Select Tools gt Dictation Box from the Dragon Bar m Use CTRL SHIFT D To change the default hot key see The Options dialog box 3 The selected text displays in the Dictation Box 4 Once you have finished dictating and editing the text say or click Transfer The text you dictated in the Dictation Box is transferred to the application Defining how the Dictation Box works in different applications You can define how the Dictation Box copies and pastes text for each application where it s needed For example you can have different copy and paste settings for Microsoft PowerPoint and Corel WordPerfect To define how the Dictation Box works in a specific application 1 Start the application or specific window and place your cursor in the application 2 Start the Dictation Box 3 Click the Settings button in the Dictation Box The Dictation Box Settings dialog box displays a section named Settings for application lt application name gt where the lt application name gt is the name of the current application For more information see Dictation Box Settings Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box Sometimes the Dictation Box misu
323. words and commands C ProgramData Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 Custom Chapter 2 Installing Dragon Program files For 32 bit systems For 64 bit systems C Program C Program Files x86 Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 Program Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 Program Help For 32 bit systems For 64 bit systems C Program C Program Files x86 Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 Help Nuance Naturally Speaking13 Help Interactive Tutorial files For 32 bit systems For 64 bit systems C Program C Program Files x86 Files Nuance NaturallySpeaking1 3 itutorial Nuance NaturallySpeaking13 itutorial Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking The first time you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking you will be prompted to activate your copy of the program If you do not activate the program you will be able to start Dragon NaturallySpeaking several times Without activation when you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking for the sixth time it will no longer open and you won t be able to use the program until you activate it Nuance strongly recommends that you activate automatically To automatically activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking 1 Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking This displays the Activation dialog box 2 Click Activate Now This displays the Activation Screen You can also choose Activate Later which will prompt you to activate each time you start Dragon NaturallySpeaking If you start the program five times without activating Dr
324. x is cleared Dragon writes the 10th of June and the seventh of June unless you change the default setting Numbers if greater or 234 Dragon Installation and User Guide equal to on the Auto Formatting Options dialog box m Ifyou use the Dates As Spoken setting Dragon NaturallySpeaking needs you to dictate dates in an unambiguous way using the name and not the digit for the month For example with Dates As Spoken selected Dragon will correctly format January eleven two thousand nine and the seventh of February two thousand four using date formats but will format eleven one two thousand nine as a number If you dictate dates differently for example you use digits to say the month try selecting the value that best matches how you dictate the date For example if you normally say eleven one two thousand nine setting the date format to D M YYYY will cause Dragon to correctly transcribe the date Ifyou omit the year for example you say July twelve Dragon NaturallyS peaking transcribes July 12 The twelfth of July becomes 12 July regardless of which date formatting you select Auto formatting common abbreviations Enables Dragon NaturallySpeaking to recognize most standard abbreviations while transcribing your dictation For example Dragon would rewrite versus as vs Institute as Inst and Department as Dept For more information about dictating abbreviations see Dictating abbreviations a
325. xt lt number gt characters Move right left lt number gt characters Select That Delete Scratch That Go To End Beginning of Line Notes Result Chooses a number from the list of alternative spellings Selects a line from the list of choices in the Spelling window and puts it in the edit box You can then change the text either by voice or typing Selects the specified number of characters Moves the text insertion point Selects the last utterance word or letter or the whole line of text if there has been no previous selection Deletes the selected text or the whole line of text if there has been no previous selection Moves the text insertion point m Typing letters into the Spelling window searches Dragon s Vocabulary for a matching word If you must type the full word it is because it is not in the active Vocabulary or the backup dictionary When you save a User Profile any words you add in the Spelling window are added as new words to the active Vocabulary m fone of the recognition alternatives is nearly correct you can say Select and the number of the alternative The alternative text appears in the text box where you can edit it m The voice command Delete Next Previous Word does not work in the Spelling window Spelling words Ifa word or phrase is not currently in Dragon s Vocabulary you can spell it in the Spelling window and add it to Dragon NaturallySpeaking s Vocabulary Words yo
326. xt If this happens say Undo That one or more times right away to reverse the action Chapter 13 Working in Programs Working with Microsoft Word Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides a large number of Natural Language commands to use with different versions of Microsoft Word Using these commands you can avoid the multiple menu selection and mouse movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface Because the number of valid commands is so large you should just try saying what you want to do If you get unexpected results say Undo That to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command Alternatively you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Learning Center for more information You can cancel a selection by saying Unselect That selecting different text or moving the insertion point to another part of the document The following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Word Basic document commands Selecting text Formatting text Working with tables see Dragon Help Using Voice Notations see Dragon Help Basic document commands in Microsoft Word Use this procedure as a reference for basic document operations using Microsoft Word See also m For text formatting and editing help see Using Direct Editing commands and Handling multiple text matches m Using the Microsoft Office ribbon Creating opening and closing a document
327. xt session Using Smart Format Rules The Smart Format Rules box may appear when Dragon notices that you corrected dictated text corresponding to an Auto Formatting option or Word Property Through this optional feature Dragon offers you one or more adjustments to its settings When Dragon presents a Smart Format Rules box you can choose one of the adjustments it offers or you can just ignore the box and continue working you can also say cancel and the box will close Here is an example of the Smart Format Rules box that appears if you change in your text the standard abbreviation for kilograms which is kg 6 Smart Format Rules o x Say Choose followed by a number or just ignore this box choose 1 Never abbreviate units of measure choose 2 Always use the alternate written form kilograms What to do when a Smart Format Rules box appears When Dragon displays a Smart Format Rules box you can usually do any of the following m f you don t want Dragon to auto format the text using this rule now and in future dictation click the first line or say choose 1 m Ifyou want Dragon to use the same auto formatting setting in the future click the second line or say choose 2 m Ifyou don t want to adjust any setting ignore this box It will go away when you continue dictating or working in your document You can also say Cancel to dismiss the box The choices are slightly different in the case of Smart
328. y tabs or line breaks are also removed The word is added to your Vocabulary Chapter 12 Moving around in a document Note You can join words as you dictate by saying no space When you use this technique the new word is not added to your Vocabulary but you can add it as a new compound word if necessary For more information click Adding words and phrases to your Vocabulary Setting Auto Formatting Options You can configure how Dragon NaturallySpeaking formats commonly used words and phrases Using Smart Format Rules You can also use the Smart Format Rules feature to have Dragon recognize when you correct dictated text that corresponds to an Auto formatting option or supported by this feature Dragon then displays a Smart Format Rules dialog box offering one or more setting adjustments relevant to the change you just made If you don t wish to change any setting you can just ignore the Smart Format Rules box and continue dictating or say Cancel to dismiss the box The Smart Format Rules box may appear whether you make a correction using m the Spelling window or m the keyboard For details see Using Smart Format Rules the Auto formatting dialog box and Creating Word Properties To set auto formatting options 1 On the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar select Tools 5 Auto Formatting Options The Formatting dialog appears 2 Select the checkboxes of the formatting options that you want to enable See The Auto

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

10/100/1000Base-T to Dual 1000Base  Mode d`emploi  Samsung GT-C5510 Керівництво користувача  AQUASIMP - comatec wesper airwell  OPA: ET SI ON DEMANDAIT AUX SALARIES  ディジタル指示調節計 UT55A/UT52A/UT35A/UT32A  HVS-1000HS/1000LOU 取扱説明書[PDF:2.1MB]  自衛隊の災害派遣 - mono shop  Ascensão e Queda de Corpos  Documentation  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file